User login
Welcome to Current Psychiatry, a leading source of information, online and in print, for practitioners of psychiatry and its related subspecialties, including addiction psychiatry, child and adolescent psychiatry, and geriatric psychiatry. This Web site contains evidence-based reviews of the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of mental illness and psychological disorders; case reports; updates on psychopharmacology; news about the specialty of psychiatry; pearls for practice; and other topics of interest and use to this audience.
Dear Drupal User: You're seeing this because you're logged in to Drupal, and not redirected to MDedge.com/psychiatry.
Depression
adolescent depression
adolescent major depressive disorder
adolescent schizophrenia
adolescent with major depressive disorder
animals
autism
baby
brexpiprazole
child
child bipolar
child depression
child schizophrenia
children with bipolar disorder
children with depression
children with major depressive disorder
compulsive behaviors
cure
elderly bipolar
elderly depression
elderly major depressive disorder
elderly schizophrenia
elderly with dementia
first break
first episode
gambling
gaming
geriatric depression
geriatric major depressive disorder
geriatric schizophrenia
infant
kid
major depressive disorder
major depressive disorder in adolescents
major depressive disorder in children
parenting
pediatric
pediatric bipolar
pediatric depression
pediatric major depressive disorder
pediatric schizophrenia
pregnancy
pregnant
rexulti
skin care
teen
wine
section[contains(@class, 'nav-hidden')]
footer[@id='footer']
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-article-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-home-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-topic-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'panel-panel-inner')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-node-field-article-topics')]
section[contains(@class, 'footer-nav-section-wrapper')]
Psychotic and in pain
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
CASE: Depressed and delusional
Mrs. P, age 58, is a retired art teacher who presents for inpatient psychiatric admission after an 8-month depressive and psychotic illness. She reports profound feelings of worthlessness, anhedonia, psychomotor retardation, daily spontaneous crying spells, and worsening suicidal ideation. She is unkempt, disheveled, and makes limited eye contact. She is floridly psychotic, exhibits hebephrenia at times, and appears to be having conversations with people who are not there. Mrs. P reports derogatory intracranial auditory hallucinations of her brother’s and father’s voices. She also describes a complex delusional system relating to sexual trauma she experienced as a child perpetrated by her brother. Her family corroborates some details of the trauma; however, she says her father, neighbors, pastor, and outpatient psychiatrist are involved. Mrs. P believes these individuals are members of a cult, she has been the victim of a satanic sexual rite, and a television news personality knows about this conspiracy and has been attempting to contact her.
Mrs. P suffers from severe, debilitating chronic pain experienced as shock-like pain lasting for several minutes that starts in her throat and radiates to her left ear. Her pain began several years ago and prompted a neurologic workup, including MRI of the head and somatosensory evoked potentials of the glossopharyngeal nerve. She was diagnosed with “probable” glossopharyngeal neuralgia and failed multiple medication trials, including carbamazepine, phenytoin, gabapentin, and amitriptyline. She underwent microvascular decompression surgery 3 years ago. The operation, which has an 80% to 90% success rate for neuralgias,1,2 offered only brief symptomatic relief. She was maintained on immediate-release opiates until the pain became “unbearable” 8 months ago. This prompted a second neurologic workup, which was unremarkable. Mrs. P was diagnosed with pain disorder associated with psychological factors and a general medical condition.
Ten years ago she had 2 major depressive episodes with inpatient hospitalization and 2 suicide attempts within 1 year, but no history of psychosis before 8 months ago. Mrs. P’s husband says his wife has no history of manic or hypomanic episodes. Her medications are ziprasidone, 20 mg/d, thiothixene, 10 mg/d, benztropine, 3 mg/d, and escitalopram, 30 mg/d. She also receives oxycodone/acetaminophen, 5 mg/325 mg as needed for facial pain and headaches, and clonazepam, 1 mg as needed for panic attacks.
The authors’ observations
Psychosis can be a feature of any of the disorders listed in Table 13; however, several features of Mrs. P’s illness led us to diagnose MDD, recurrent, severe with psychotic features.4 Mrs. P and her husband described several discreet episodes of major debilitating depression without alternating periods of hypomanic or manic symptoms (Table 2).4 Comorbid depressive symptoms and a timeline indicating persistence of psychotic symptoms make a brief psychotic episode less likely. Although uncommon, patients can develop psychotic or mood disorders as a result of opiate abuse or dependence. However, Mrs. P was taking opiates as prescribed and not asking for early refills, which makes substance abuse an unlikely cause of her psychosis. In addition, because Mrs. P had 2 major depressive episodes in the absence of opiate use, a primary mood disorder seemed the more appropriate diagnosis. Schizophrenia is ruled out based on history. Although Mrs. P was suffering from complex delusional constructs, auditory hallucinations, and grossly disorganized behavior, these symptoms occurred only within the context of her depressive episode. New-onset delusional guilt relating to her childhood sexual trauma and hypochondriacal preoccupations within the context of pain complaints make psychotic depression more likely.5
Table 1
Psychiatric diseases in which patients may present with psychotic symptoms
| Bipolar depression |
| Borderline personality disorder |
| Brief psychotic disorder |
| Delirium |
| Delusional disorder |
| Dementia |
| Major depressive disorder |
| Psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition |
| Schizoaffective disorder |
| Schizophrenia |
| Shared psychotic disorder |
| Substance-induced psychosis |
| Source: Reference 3 |
Table 2
DSM-IV-TR criteria for major depressive episode
|
| Source: Reference 4 |
Depression, psychosis, and pain
From the beginning of Mrs. P’s treatment, we considered psychotic depression worsened—if not completely explained—her pain. Her somatic complaints appeared to be subtly woven into her delusional constructs. For instance, she complained that a device had been implanted in her head and she had the scar to prove it, pointing to the scar from her microvascular decompression surgery. Research indicates that depressive illness and chronic pain syndromes are highly comorbid and depressive illness can worsen pain syndromes.6,7 In addition, Mrs. P failed several medical and 1 surgical interventions for her pain condition that had high success rates. Her husband notes that when her outpatient psychiatrist started olanzapine 3 months ago for emerging psychotic symptoms, her pain complaints initially decreased with her psychotic symptoms, and she used less opiate medication during that time. Several months later Mrs. P’s pain complaints increased as her psychotic symptoms worsened. Second-generation antipsychotics have been evaluated as treatment for chronic pain syndromes, and may exert a primary analgesic effect.8,9 However, because of the correlation between her fluctuating psychotic symptoms and pain complaints, the more plausible explanation for olanzapine’s initial efficacy in treating Mrs. P’s pain is a secondary analgesic effect from decreased psychotic somatic preoccupation.
TREATMENT: ECT
Mrs. P is admitted to the inpatient psychiatric unit and placed on suicide precautions. Oxycodone/acetaminophen and clonazepam are tapered and limited to twice daily as needed. Escitalopram is tapered and discontinued. Thiothixene is tapered and replaced by olanzapine, 5 mg/d. Mrs. P receives 3 bifrontal, brief pulse-width ECT treatments. These result in marked improvement in her depressive and psychotic symptoms. In addition, her pain complaints become minimal. She becomes less preoccupied with her sexual trauma and grows to trust many staff members whom she previously believed were part of her traumatic childhood events. Mrs. P is no longer suicidal and asks to continue ECT treatments as an outpatient. She is discharged on olanzapine, 5 mg/d, trazodone, 100 mg/d for insomnia, benztropine, 2 mg/d, clonazepam 0.5 mg twice daily as needed for panic attacks, and oxycodone/acetaminophen, 5 mg/325 mg twice daily as needed for pain.
The authors’ observations
According to the Harvard South Shore Algorithm, treatment strategies for psychotic depression include antidepressant and antipsychotic combinations, lithium augmentation, clozapine, and ECT.10 Several factors made ECT the best option for Mrs. P. She had failed multiple treatment strategies and was suicidal. ECT is an effective treatment for MDD with psychotic features, single or recurrent episode.11 ECT can be used as a primary treatment before psychotropic medications or secondarily when there has been lack of clinical response to medications, intolerable side effects, deterioration in psychiatric condition, or suicidality.11,12 In addition, when treated with ECT, psychotic depression has a significantly higher remission rate than major depression without psychosis.12 Delusional guilt, psychomotor retardation, hypochondriacal preoccupations, loss of insight, paranoia, and obsessive-compulsive symptoms predict a favorable response.12 ECT also has demonstrated efficacy for treating pain secondary to psychotic depression or melancholic depression.13 In addition, ECT has been shown to have analgesic properties beyond treating underlying depression.14 Our primary focus was not to treat Mrs. P’s pain syndrome with ECT; however, in treating her psychotic depression we had hoped that her pain tolerance would improve and she would rely less on opiates.
OUTCOME: Pain relief
As an outpatient, Mrs. P receives 11 bifrontal ECT treatments in her initial series, followed by 7 bifrontal maintenance treatments. Her speech is more spontaneous, her grooming and hygiene improve, and she exhibits a brighter and more reactive affect. Suicidal ideation has resolved. Pain improves from a “10 out of 10” to a “2 out of 10.” Mrs. P consistently requires less oxycodone/acetaminophen. She relates better to her family and begins exploring new hobbies such as pottery. In addition to monthly maintenance bifrontal ECT treatments, she is stable on citalopram, 60 mg/d, and trazodone, 50 mg/d as needed for insomnia.
The authors’ observations
The relationship between depressive illness and chronic pain is complex. Treating a primary depressive illness can lead to improved functional outcomes and decreased disability from chronic pain complaints.15 Patients with comorbid chronic pain and depressive illness are more likely to suffer from unremitting pain despite compliance with evidence-based treatment strategies.16 Mrs. P had 2 co-occurring disorders: psychotic depression and chronic pain disorder secondary to glossopharyngeal neuralgia. Our opinion is that Mrs. P’s psychotic depression worsened her experience of pain.
Treatment strategies that address both depressive symptoms and chronic pain are ideal.17 These treatment modalities include psychotherapeutic techniques such as cognitive-behavioral therapy, medications, and somatic treatments such as ECT.18 In Mrs. P’s case, ECT was an effective treatment that caused remission of psychotic depressive symptoms, which lead to improved pain control and restored social and occupational functioning.
Related Resources
- Schreiber S, Shmueli D, Grunhaus L, et al. The influence of electroconvulsive therapy on pain threshold and pain tolerance in major depression patients before, during and after treatment. Eur J Pain. 2003;7(5):419-424.
- Suzuki K, Ebina Y, Shindo T, et al. Repeated electroconvulsive therapy courses improved chronic regional pain with depression caused by failed back syndrome. Med Sci Monit. 2009;15(4):CS77-CS79.
- Giesecke T, Gracely RH, Williams DA, et al. The relationship between depression, clinical pain, and experimental pain in a chronic pain cohort. Arthritis Rheum. 2005;52(5):1577-1584.
Drug Brand Names
- Amitriptyline • Elavil
- Benztropine • Cogentin
- Carbamazepine • Tegretol
- Citalopram • Celexa
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clozapine • Clozaril
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Gabapentin • Neurontin
- Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
- Olanzapine • Zyprexa
- Oxycodone/ acetaminophen • Vicodin
- Phenytoin • Dilantin
- Thiothixene • Navane
- Trazodone • Desyrel, Oleptro
- Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosures
Dr. Kugler reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Magid receives NARSAD grant support.
1. Kawashima M, Matsushima T, Inoue T, et al. Microvascular decompression for glossopharyngeal neuralgia through the transcondylar fossa (supracondylar transjugular tubercle) approach. Neurosurgery. 2010;66(6 suppl operative):275-280.
2. Ferroli P, Fioravanti A, Schiariti M, et al. Microvascular decompression for glossopharyngeal neuralgia: a long-term retrospective review of the Milan-Bologna experience in 31 consecutive cases. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2009;151(10):1245-1250.
3. Stahl SM. Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology: neuroscientific basis and practical applications. 3rd ed. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2008.
4. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev.Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
5. Rothschild AJ. Diagnosis and assessment. In: Rothschild AJ. Clinical manual for diagnosis and treatment of psychotic depression. Arlington VA: American Psychiatric Publishing Inc.; 2009:57-71.
6. Tunks ER, Crook J, Weir R. Epidemiology of chronic pain with psychological comorbidity: prevalence risk, course and prognosis. Can J Psychiatry. 2008;53(4):235-242.
7. Hooten MW, Shi Y, Gazelka HM, et al. The effects of depression and smoking on pain severity and opioid use in patients with chronic pain. Pain. 2011;152(1):223-229.
8. Rico-Villademoros F, Hidalgo J, Dominguez I, et al. Atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of fibromyalgia: a case series with olanzapine. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2005;29(1):161-164.
9. Seidel S, Aigner M, Ossege M, et al. Antipsychotics for acute and chronic pain in adults. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2010;39(4):768-778.
10. Hamoda HM, Osser DN. The Psychopharmacology Algorithm Project at the Harvard South Shore Program: an update on psychotic depression. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2008;16(4):235-247.
11. American Psychiatric Association. Committee on Electroconvulsive Therapy, Weiner RD, eds. The practice of electroconvulsive therapy: recommendations for treatment, training and privileging. 2nd ed. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2001.
12. Petrides G, Fink M, Husain MM, et al. ECT remission rates in psychotic versus nonpsychotic depressed patients: a report from CORE. J ECT. 2001;17(4):244-253.
13. Rasmussen KG, Rummans TA. Electroconvulsive therapy in the management of chronic pain. Curr Pain Headache Rep. 2002;6(1):17-22.
14. Wasan AD, Artin K, Clark MR. A case-matching study of the analgesic properties of electroconvulsive therapy. Pain Med. 2004;5(1):50-58.
15. Teh FC, Zaslavsky AM, Reynolds CF, 3rd, et al. Effect of depression treatment on chronic pain outcomes. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(1):61-67.
16. Sertel Berk HO. The biopsychosocial factors that serve as predictors of the outcome of surgical modalities for chronic pain. Agri. 2010;22(3):93-97.
17. Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Katon W, et al. Depression and pain comorbidity. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(20):2433-2445.
18. Veehof MM, Oskam MJ, Schreurs KM, et al. Acceptance-based interventions for the treatment of chronic pain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Pain. 2011;152(3):533-542.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
CASE: Depressed and delusional
Mrs. P, age 58, is a retired art teacher who presents for inpatient psychiatric admission after an 8-month depressive and psychotic illness. She reports profound feelings of worthlessness, anhedonia, psychomotor retardation, daily spontaneous crying spells, and worsening suicidal ideation. She is unkempt, disheveled, and makes limited eye contact. She is floridly psychotic, exhibits hebephrenia at times, and appears to be having conversations with people who are not there. Mrs. P reports derogatory intracranial auditory hallucinations of her brother’s and father’s voices. She also describes a complex delusional system relating to sexual trauma she experienced as a child perpetrated by her brother. Her family corroborates some details of the trauma; however, she says her father, neighbors, pastor, and outpatient psychiatrist are involved. Mrs. P believes these individuals are members of a cult, she has been the victim of a satanic sexual rite, and a television news personality knows about this conspiracy and has been attempting to contact her.
Mrs. P suffers from severe, debilitating chronic pain experienced as shock-like pain lasting for several minutes that starts in her throat and radiates to her left ear. Her pain began several years ago and prompted a neurologic workup, including MRI of the head and somatosensory evoked potentials of the glossopharyngeal nerve. She was diagnosed with “probable” glossopharyngeal neuralgia and failed multiple medication trials, including carbamazepine, phenytoin, gabapentin, and amitriptyline. She underwent microvascular decompression surgery 3 years ago. The operation, which has an 80% to 90% success rate for neuralgias,1,2 offered only brief symptomatic relief. She was maintained on immediate-release opiates until the pain became “unbearable” 8 months ago. This prompted a second neurologic workup, which was unremarkable. Mrs. P was diagnosed with pain disorder associated with psychological factors and a general medical condition.
Ten years ago she had 2 major depressive episodes with inpatient hospitalization and 2 suicide attempts within 1 year, but no history of psychosis before 8 months ago. Mrs. P’s husband says his wife has no history of manic or hypomanic episodes. Her medications are ziprasidone, 20 mg/d, thiothixene, 10 mg/d, benztropine, 3 mg/d, and escitalopram, 30 mg/d. She also receives oxycodone/acetaminophen, 5 mg/325 mg as needed for facial pain and headaches, and clonazepam, 1 mg as needed for panic attacks.
The authors’ observations
Psychosis can be a feature of any of the disorders listed in Table 13; however, several features of Mrs. P’s illness led us to diagnose MDD, recurrent, severe with psychotic features.4 Mrs. P and her husband described several discreet episodes of major debilitating depression without alternating periods of hypomanic or manic symptoms (Table 2).4 Comorbid depressive symptoms and a timeline indicating persistence of psychotic symptoms make a brief psychotic episode less likely. Although uncommon, patients can develop psychotic or mood disorders as a result of opiate abuse or dependence. However, Mrs. P was taking opiates as prescribed and not asking for early refills, which makes substance abuse an unlikely cause of her psychosis. In addition, because Mrs. P had 2 major depressive episodes in the absence of opiate use, a primary mood disorder seemed the more appropriate diagnosis. Schizophrenia is ruled out based on history. Although Mrs. P was suffering from complex delusional constructs, auditory hallucinations, and grossly disorganized behavior, these symptoms occurred only within the context of her depressive episode. New-onset delusional guilt relating to her childhood sexual trauma and hypochondriacal preoccupations within the context of pain complaints make psychotic depression more likely.5
Table 1
Psychiatric diseases in which patients may present with psychotic symptoms
| Bipolar depression |
| Borderline personality disorder |
| Brief psychotic disorder |
| Delirium |
| Delusional disorder |
| Dementia |
| Major depressive disorder |
| Psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition |
| Schizoaffective disorder |
| Schizophrenia |
| Shared psychotic disorder |
| Substance-induced psychosis |
| Source: Reference 3 |
Table 2
DSM-IV-TR criteria for major depressive episode
|
| Source: Reference 4 |
Depression, psychosis, and pain
From the beginning of Mrs. P’s treatment, we considered psychotic depression worsened—if not completely explained—her pain. Her somatic complaints appeared to be subtly woven into her delusional constructs. For instance, she complained that a device had been implanted in her head and she had the scar to prove it, pointing to the scar from her microvascular decompression surgery. Research indicates that depressive illness and chronic pain syndromes are highly comorbid and depressive illness can worsen pain syndromes.6,7 In addition, Mrs. P failed several medical and 1 surgical interventions for her pain condition that had high success rates. Her husband notes that when her outpatient psychiatrist started olanzapine 3 months ago for emerging psychotic symptoms, her pain complaints initially decreased with her psychotic symptoms, and she used less opiate medication during that time. Several months later Mrs. P’s pain complaints increased as her psychotic symptoms worsened. Second-generation antipsychotics have been evaluated as treatment for chronic pain syndromes, and may exert a primary analgesic effect.8,9 However, because of the correlation between her fluctuating psychotic symptoms and pain complaints, the more plausible explanation for olanzapine’s initial efficacy in treating Mrs. P’s pain is a secondary analgesic effect from decreased psychotic somatic preoccupation.
TREATMENT: ECT
Mrs. P is admitted to the inpatient psychiatric unit and placed on suicide precautions. Oxycodone/acetaminophen and clonazepam are tapered and limited to twice daily as needed. Escitalopram is tapered and discontinued. Thiothixene is tapered and replaced by olanzapine, 5 mg/d. Mrs. P receives 3 bifrontal, brief pulse-width ECT treatments. These result in marked improvement in her depressive and psychotic symptoms. In addition, her pain complaints become minimal. She becomes less preoccupied with her sexual trauma and grows to trust many staff members whom she previously believed were part of her traumatic childhood events. Mrs. P is no longer suicidal and asks to continue ECT treatments as an outpatient. She is discharged on olanzapine, 5 mg/d, trazodone, 100 mg/d for insomnia, benztropine, 2 mg/d, clonazepam 0.5 mg twice daily as needed for panic attacks, and oxycodone/acetaminophen, 5 mg/325 mg twice daily as needed for pain.
The authors’ observations
According to the Harvard South Shore Algorithm, treatment strategies for psychotic depression include antidepressant and antipsychotic combinations, lithium augmentation, clozapine, and ECT.10 Several factors made ECT the best option for Mrs. P. She had failed multiple treatment strategies and was suicidal. ECT is an effective treatment for MDD with psychotic features, single or recurrent episode.11 ECT can be used as a primary treatment before psychotropic medications or secondarily when there has been lack of clinical response to medications, intolerable side effects, deterioration in psychiatric condition, or suicidality.11,12 In addition, when treated with ECT, psychotic depression has a significantly higher remission rate than major depression without psychosis.12 Delusional guilt, psychomotor retardation, hypochondriacal preoccupations, loss of insight, paranoia, and obsessive-compulsive symptoms predict a favorable response.12 ECT also has demonstrated efficacy for treating pain secondary to psychotic depression or melancholic depression.13 In addition, ECT has been shown to have analgesic properties beyond treating underlying depression.14 Our primary focus was not to treat Mrs. P’s pain syndrome with ECT; however, in treating her psychotic depression we had hoped that her pain tolerance would improve and she would rely less on opiates.
OUTCOME: Pain relief
As an outpatient, Mrs. P receives 11 bifrontal ECT treatments in her initial series, followed by 7 bifrontal maintenance treatments. Her speech is more spontaneous, her grooming and hygiene improve, and she exhibits a brighter and more reactive affect. Suicidal ideation has resolved. Pain improves from a “10 out of 10” to a “2 out of 10.” Mrs. P consistently requires less oxycodone/acetaminophen. She relates better to her family and begins exploring new hobbies such as pottery. In addition to monthly maintenance bifrontal ECT treatments, she is stable on citalopram, 60 mg/d, and trazodone, 50 mg/d as needed for insomnia.
The authors’ observations
The relationship between depressive illness and chronic pain is complex. Treating a primary depressive illness can lead to improved functional outcomes and decreased disability from chronic pain complaints.15 Patients with comorbid chronic pain and depressive illness are more likely to suffer from unremitting pain despite compliance with evidence-based treatment strategies.16 Mrs. P had 2 co-occurring disorders: psychotic depression and chronic pain disorder secondary to glossopharyngeal neuralgia. Our opinion is that Mrs. P’s psychotic depression worsened her experience of pain.
Treatment strategies that address both depressive symptoms and chronic pain are ideal.17 These treatment modalities include psychotherapeutic techniques such as cognitive-behavioral therapy, medications, and somatic treatments such as ECT.18 In Mrs. P’s case, ECT was an effective treatment that caused remission of psychotic depressive symptoms, which lead to improved pain control and restored social and occupational functioning.
Related Resources
- Schreiber S, Shmueli D, Grunhaus L, et al. The influence of electroconvulsive therapy on pain threshold and pain tolerance in major depression patients before, during and after treatment. Eur J Pain. 2003;7(5):419-424.
- Suzuki K, Ebina Y, Shindo T, et al. Repeated electroconvulsive therapy courses improved chronic regional pain with depression caused by failed back syndrome. Med Sci Monit. 2009;15(4):CS77-CS79.
- Giesecke T, Gracely RH, Williams DA, et al. The relationship between depression, clinical pain, and experimental pain in a chronic pain cohort. Arthritis Rheum. 2005;52(5):1577-1584.
Drug Brand Names
- Amitriptyline • Elavil
- Benztropine • Cogentin
- Carbamazepine • Tegretol
- Citalopram • Celexa
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clozapine • Clozaril
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Gabapentin • Neurontin
- Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
- Olanzapine • Zyprexa
- Oxycodone/ acetaminophen • Vicodin
- Phenytoin • Dilantin
- Thiothixene • Navane
- Trazodone • Desyrel, Oleptro
- Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosures
Dr. Kugler reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Magid receives NARSAD grant support.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
CASE: Depressed and delusional
Mrs. P, age 58, is a retired art teacher who presents for inpatient psychiatric admission after an 8-month depressive and psychotic illness. She reports profound feelings of worthlessness, anhedonia, psychomotor retardation, daily spontaneous crying spells, and worsening suicidal ideation. She is unkempt, disheveled, and makes limited eye contact. She is floridly psychotic, exhibits hebephrenia at times, and appears to be having conversations with people who are not there. Mrs. P reports derogatory intracranial auditory hallucinations of her brother’s and father’s voices. She also describes a complex delusional system relating to sexual trauma she experienced as a child perpetrated by her brother. Her family corroborates some details of the trauma; however, she says her father, neighbors, pastor, and outpatient psychiatrist are involved. Mrs. P believes these individuals are members of a cult, she has been the victim of a satanic sexual rite, and a television news personality knows about this conspiracy and has been attempting to contact her.
Mrs. P suffers from severe, debilitating chronic pain experienced as shock-like pain lasting for several minutes that starts in her throat and radiates to her left ear. Her pain began several years ago and prompted a neurologic workup, including MRI of the head and somatosensory evoked potentials of the glossopharyngeal nerve. She was diagnosed with “probable” glossopharyngeal neuralgia and failed multiple medication trials, including carbamazepine, phenytoin, gabapentin, and amitriptyline. She underwent microvascular decompression surgery 3 years ago. The operation, which has an 80% to 90% success rate for neuralgias,1,2 offered only brief symptomatic relief. She was maintained on immediate-release opiates until the pain became “unbearable” 8 months ago. This prompted a second neurologic workup, which was unremarkable. Mrs. P was diagnosed with pain disorder associated with psychological factors and a general medical condition.
Ten years ago she had 2 major depressive episodes with inpatient hospitalization and 2 suicide attempts within 1 year, but no history of psychosis before 8 months ago. Mrs. P’s husband says his wife has no history of manic or hypomanic episodes. Her medications are ziprasidone, 20 mg/d, thiothixene, 10 mg/d, benztropine, 3 mg/d, and escitalopram, 30 mg/d. She also receives oxycodone/acetaminophen, 5 mg/325 mg as needed for facial pain and headaches, and clonazepam, 1 mg as needed for panic attacks.
The authors’ observations
Psychosis can be a feature of any of the disorders listed in Table 13; however, several features of Mrs. P’s illness led us to diagnose MDD, recurrent, severe with psychotic features.4 Mrs. P and her husband described several discreet episodes of major debilitating depression without alternating periods of hypomanic or manic symptoms (Table 2).4 Comorbid depressive symptoms and a timeline indicating persistence of psychotic symptoms make a brief psychotic episode less likely. Although uncommon, patients can develop psychotic or mood disorders as a result of opiate abuse or dependence. However, Mrs. P was taking opiates as prescribed and not asking for early refills, which makes substance abuse an unlikely cause of her psychosis. In addition, because Mrs. P had 2 major depressive episodes in the absence of opiate use, a primary mood disorder seemed the more appropriate diagnosis. Schizophrenia is ruled out based on history. Although Mrs. P was suffering from complex delusional constructs, auditory hallucinations, and grossly disorganized behavior, these symptoms occurred only within the context of her depressive episode. New-onset delusional guilt relating to her childhood sexual trauma and hypochondriacal preoccupations within the context of pain complaints make psychotic depression more likely.5
Table 1
Psychiatric diseases in which patients may present with psychotic symptoms
| Bipolar depression |
| Borderline personality disorder |
| Brief psychotic disorder |
| Delirium |
| Delusional disorder |
| Dementia |
| Major depressive disorder |
| Psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition |
| Schizoaffective disorder |
| Schizophrenia |
| Shared psychotic disorder |
| Substance-induced psychosis |
| Source: Reference 3 |
Table 2
DSM-IV-TR criteria for major depressive episode
|
| Source: Reference 4 |
Depression, psychosis, and pain
From the beginning of Mrs. P’s treatment, we considered psychotic depression worsened—if not completely explained—her pain. Her somatic complaints appeared to be subtly woven into her delusional constructs. For instance, she complained that a device had been implanted in her head and she had the scar to prove it, pointing to the scar from her microvascular decompression surgery. Research indicates that depressive illness and chronic pain syndromes are highly comorbid and depressive illness can worsen pain syndromes.6,7 In addition, Mrs. P failed several medical and 1 surgical interventions for her pain condition that had high success rates. Her husband notes that when her outpatient psychiatrist started olanzapine 3 months ago for emerging psychotic symptoms, her pain complaints initially decreased with her psychotic symptoms, and she used less opiate medication during that time. Several months later Mrs. P’s pain complaints increased as her psychotic symptoms worsened. Second-generation antipsychotics have been evaluated as treatment for chronic pain syndromes, and may exert a primary analgesic effect.8,9 However, because of the correlation between her fluctuating psychotic symptoms and pain complaints, the more plausible explanation for olanzapine’s initial efficacy in treating Mrs. P’s pain is a secondary analgesic effect from decreased psychotic somatic preoccupation.
TREATMENT: ECT
Mrs. P is admitted to the inpatient psychiatric unit and placed on suicide precautions. Oxycodone/acetaminophen and clonazepam are tapered and limited to twice daily as needed. Escitalopram is tapered and discontinued. Thiothixene is tapered and replaced by olanzapine, 5 mg/d. Mrs. P receives 3 bifrontal, brief pulse-width ECT treatments. These result in marked improvement in her depressive and psychotic symptoms. In addition, her pain complaints become minimal. She becomes less preoccupied with her sexual trauma and grows to trust many staff members whom she previously believed were part of her traumatic childhood events. Mrs. P is no longer suicidal and asks to continue ECT treatments as an outpatient. She is discharged on olanzapine, 5 mg/d, trazodone, 100 mg/d for insomnia, benztropine, 2 mg/d, clonazepam 0.5 mg twice daily as needed for panic attacks, and oxycodone/acetaminophen, 5 mg/325 mg twice daily as needed for pain.
The authors’ observations
According to the Harvard South Shore Algorithm, treatment strategies for psychotic depression include antidepressant and antipsychotic combinations, lithium augmentation, clozapine, and ECT.10 Several factors made ECT the best option for Mrs. P. She had failed multiple treatment strategies and was suicidal. ECT is an effective treatment for MDD with psychotic features, single or recurrent episode.11 ECT can be used as a primary treatment before psychotropic medications or secondarily when there has been lack of clinical response to medications, intolerable side effects, deterioration in psychiatric condition, or suicidality.11,12 In addition, when treated with ECT, psychotic depression has a significantly higher remission rate than major depression without psychosis.12 Delusional guilt, psychomotor retardation, hypochondriacal preoccupations, loss of insight, paranoia, and obsessive-compulsive symptoms predict a favorable response.12 ECT also has demonstrated efficacy for treating pain secondary to psychotic depression or melancholic depression.13 In addition, ECT has been shown to have analgesic properties beyond treating underlying depression.14 Our primary focus was not to treat Mrs. P’s pain syndrome with ECT; however, in treating her psychotic depression we had hoped that her pain tolerance would improve and she would rely less on opiates.
OUTCOME: Pain relief
As an outpatient, Mrs. P receives 11 bifrontal ECT treatments in her initial series, followed by 7 bifrontal maintenance treatments. Her speech is more spontaneous, her grooming and hygiene improve, and she exhibits a brighter and more reactive affect. Suicidal ideation has resolved. Pain improves from a “10 out of 10” to a “2 out of 10.” Mrs. P consistently requires less oxycodone/acetaminophen. She relates better to her family and begins exploring new hobbies such as pottery. In addition to monthly maintenance bifrontal ECT treatments, she is stable on citalopram, 60 mg/d, and trazodone, 50 mg/d as needed for insomnia.
The authors’ observations
The relationship between depressive illness and chronic pain is complex. Treating a primary depressive illness can lead to improved functional outcomes and decreased disability from chronic pain complaints.15 Patients with comorbid chronic pain and depressive illness are more likely to suffer from unremitting pain despite compliance with evidence-based treatment strategies.16 Mrs. P had 2 co-occurring disorders: psychotic depression and chronic pain disorder secondary to glossopharyngeal neuralgia. Our opinion is that Mrs. P’s psychotic depression worsened her experience of pain.
Treatment strategies that address both depressive symptoms and chronic pain are ideal.17 These treatment modalities include psychotherapeutic techniques such as cognitive-behavioral therapy, medications, and somatic treatments such as ECT.18 In Mrs. P’s case, ECT was an effective treatment that caused remission of psychotic depressive symptoms, which lead to improved pain control and restored social and occupational functioning.
Related Resources
- Schreiber S, Shmueli D, Grunhaus L, et al. The influence of electroconvulsive therapy on pain threshold and pain tolerance in major depression patients before, during and after treatment. Eur J Pain. 2003;7(5):419-424.
- Suzuki K, Ebina Y, Shindo T, et al. Repeated electroconvulsive therapy courses improved chronic regional pain with depression caused by failed back syndrome. Med Sci Monit. 2009;15(4):CS77-CS79.
- Giesecke T, Gracely RH, Williams DA, et al. The relationship between depression, clinical pain, and experimental pain in a chronic pain cohort. Arthritis Rheum. 2005;52(5):1577-1584.
Drug Brand Names
- Amitriptyline • Elavil
- Benztropine • Cogentin
- Carbamazepine • Tegretol
- Citalopram • Celexa
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clozapine • Clozaril
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Gabapentin • Neurontin
- Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
- Olanzapine • Zyprexa
- Oxycodone/ acetaminophen • Vicodin
- Phenytoin • Dilantin
- Thiothixene • Navane
- Trazodone • Desyrel, Oleptro
- Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosures
Dr. Kugler reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Magid receives NARSAD grant support.
1. Kawashima M, Matsushima T, Inoue T, et al. Microvascular decompression for glossopharyngeal neuralgia through the transcondylar fossa (supracondylar transjugular tubercle) approach. Neurosurgery. 2010;66(6 suppl operative):275-280.
2. Ferroli P, Fioravanti A, Schiariti M, et al. Microvascular decompression for glossopharyngeal neuralgia: a long-term retrospective review of the Milan-Bologna experience in 31 consecutive cases. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2009;151(10):1245-1250.
3. Stahl SM. Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology: neuroscientific basis and practical applications. 3rd ed. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2008.
4. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev.Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
5. Rothschild AJ. Diagnosis and assessment. In: Rothschild AJ. Clinical manual for diagnosis and treatment of psychotic depression. Arlington VA: American Psychiatric Publishing Inc.; 2009:57-71.
6. Tunks ER, Crook J, Weir R. Epidemiology of chronic pain with psychological comorbidity: prevalence risk, course and prognosis. Can J Psychiatry. 2008;53(4):235-242.
7. Hooten MW, Shi Y, Gazelka HM, et al. The effects of depression and smoking on pain severity and opioid use in patients with chronic pain. Pain. 2011;152(1):223-229.
8. Rico-Villademoros F, Hidalgo J, Dominguez I, et al. Atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of fibromyalgia: a case series with olanzapine. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2005;29(1):161-164.
9. Seidel S, Aigner M, Ossege M, et al. Antipsychotics for acute and chronic pain in adults. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2010;39(4):768-778.
10. Hamoda HM, Osser DN. The Psychopharmacology Algorithm Project at the Harvard South Shore Program: an update on psychotic depression. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2008;16(4):235-247.
11. American Psychiatric Association. Committee on Electroconvulsive Therapy, Weiner RD, eds. The practice of electroconvulsive therapy: recommendations for treatment, training and privileging. 2nd ed. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2001.
12. Petrides G, Fink M, Husain MM, et al. ECT remission rates in psychotic versus nonpsychotic depressed patients: a report from CORE. J ECT. 2001;17(4):244-253.
13. Rasmussen KG, Rummans TA. Electroconvulsive therapy in the management of chronic pain. Curr Pain Headache Rep. 2002;6(1):17-22.
14. Wasan AD, Artin K, Clark MR. A case-matching study of the analgesic properties of electroconvulsive therapy. Pain Med. 2004;5(1):50-58.
15. Teh FC, Zaslavsky AM, Reynolds CF, 3rd, et al. Effect of depression treatment on chronic pain outcomes. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(1):61-67.
16. Sertel Berk HO. The biopsychosocial factors that serve as predictors of the outcome of surgical modalities for chronic pain. Agri. 2010;22(3):93-97.
17. Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Katon W, et al. Depression and pain comorbidity. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(20):2433-2445.
18. Veehof MM, Oskam MJ, Schreurs KM, et al. Acceptance-based interventions for the treatment of chronic pain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Pain. 2011;152(3):533-542.
1. Kawashima M, Matsushima T, Inoue T, et al. Microvascular decompression for glossopharyngeal neuralgia through the transcondylar fossa (supracondylar transjugular tubercle) approach. Neurosurgery. 2010;66(6 suppl operative):275-280.
2. Ferroli P, Fioravanti A, Schiariti M, et al. Microvascular decompression for glossopharyngeal neuralgia: a long-term retrospective review of the Milan-Bologna experience in 31 consecutive cases. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2009;151(10):1245-1250.
3. Stahl SM. Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology: neuroscientific basis and practical applications. 3rd ed. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2008.
4. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev.Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
5. Rothschild AJ. Diagnosis and assessment. In: Rothschild AJ. Clinical manual for diagnosis and treatment of psychotic depression. Arlington VA: American Psychiatric Publishing Inc.; 2009:57-71.
6. Tunks ER, Crook J, Weir R. Epidemiology of chronic pain with psychological comorbidity: prevalence risk, course and prognosis. Can J Psychiatry. 2008;53(4):235-242.
7. Hooten MW, Shi Y, Gazelka HM, et al. The effects of depression and smoking on pain severity and opioid use in patients with chronic pain. Pain. 2011;152(1):223-229.
8. Rico-Villademoros F, Hidalgo J, Dominguez I, et al. Atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of fibromyalgia: a case series with olanzapine. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2005;29(1):161-164.
9. Seidel S, Aigner M, Ossege M, et al. Antipsychotics for acute and chronic pain in adults. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2010;39(4):768-778.
10. Hamoda HM, Osser DN. The Psychopharmacology Algorithm Project at the Harvard South Shore Program: an update on psychotic depression. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2008;16(4):235-247.
11. American Psychiatric Association. Committee on Electroconvulsive Therapy, Weiner RD, eds. The practice of electroconvulsive therapy: recommendations for treatment, training and privileging. 2nd ed. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2001.
12. Petrides G, Fink M, Husain MM, et al. ECT remission rates in psychotic versus nonpsychotic depressed patients: a report from CORE. J ECT. 2001;17(4):244-253.
13. Rasmussen KG, Rummans TA. Electroconvulsive therapy in the management of chronic pain. Curr Pain Headache Rep. 2002;6(1):17-22.
14. Wasan AD, Artin K, Clark MR. A case-matching study of the analgesic properties of electroconvulsive therapy. Pain Med. 2004;5(1):50-58.
15. Teh FC, Zaslavsky AM, Reynolds CF, 3rd, et al. Effect of depression treatment on chronic pain outcomes. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(1):61-67.
16. Sertel Berk HO. The biopsychosocial factors that serve as predictors of the outcome of surgical modalities for chronic pain. Agri. 2010;22(3):93-97.
17. Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Katon W, et al. Depression and pain comorbidity. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(20):2433-2445.
18. Veehof MM, Oskam MJ, Schreurs KM, et al. Acceptance-based interventions for the treatment of chronic pain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Pain. 2011;152(3):533-542.
Clonazepam dosing
Dr. Scott Freeman’s useful discussion of targeting acute risk factors in suicidal patients (“Suicide assessment: Targeting acute risk factors,” Current Psychiatry, January 2012, p. 52-57) ends by resolving the clinical vignette with a summary of hospital treatment. Apart from failing to indicate any psychotherapeutic inroads, Dr. Freeman seems to support prescribing clonazepam, 0.5 mg twice daily and 1 mg at bedtime. Clonazepam apparently “worked” by alleviating the patient’s anxiety and insomnia, but defied any pharmacologic rationale insofar as clonazepam has a slow onset and long half-life, making 3 doses per day irrational. This treatment strategy also risks problems of cumulative excess in the long run after discharge.
Aggressive pharmacotherapy may be the hallmark of modern acute hospital treatment, but surely it should incorporate careful understanding of specific medications’ pharmacodynamics, especially when relying on benzodiazepines. Needless to say, beginning a psychological process in the hospital also appears to have been shortchanged.
Sara Hartley, MD
Lecturer, Clinical Skills Program
University of California,
Berkeley-University of California,
San Francisco Joint Medical Program
Berkeley, CA
Dr. Freeman responds
I appreciate Dr. Hartley’s interest in my article. Although I agree with her that psychotherapy is an integral part of any treatment plan, the clinical vignette was used only to emphasize the need to aggressively and quickly start antidepressant and, more importantly, anxiolytic pharmacologic treatment in acutely suicidal patients with severe anxiety and depression.
With regard to clonazepam’s pharmacokinetics, although it does have a long half-life, it is only weakly lipophilic compared with other long-acting benzodiazepines such as diazepam. In fact, clonazepam has been shown to be less lipophilic than lorazepam,1 meaning it has a much smaller volume of distribution and less accumulation in peripheral adipose tissue. Therefore, one would not be concerned about significant drug accumulation leading to unexpected toxicity with a less lipophilic agent such as clonazepam.
I do not agree that dosing clonazepam 3 times a day, especially in an acute crisis, is “irrational,” as Dr. Hartley suggests. According to the package insert, although clonazepam is recommended to be administered twice daily for panic disorder, it can be given 3 times a day for seizure disorders.2
Scott A. Freeman, MD
Medical Director
Schizophrenia and Bipolar Disorder Inpatient Unit
McLean Hospital
Belmont, MA
Dr. Scott Freeman’s useful discussion of targeting acute risk factors in suicidal patients (“Suicide assessment: Targeting acute risk factors,” Current Psychiatry, January 2012, p. 52-57) ends by resolving the clinical vignette with a summary of hospital treatment. Apart from failing to indicate any psychotherapeutic inroads, Dr. Freeman seems to support prescribing clonazepam, 0.5 mg twice daily and 1 mg at bedtime. Clonazepam apparently “worked” by alleviating the patient’s anxiety and insomnia, but defied any pharmacologic rationale insofar as clonazepam has a slow onset and long half-life, making 3 doses per day irrational. This treatment strategy also risks problems of cumulative excess in the long run after discharge.
Aggressive pharmacotherapy may be the hallmark of modern acute hospital treatment, but surely it should incorporate careful understanding of specific medications’ pharmacodynamics, especially when relying on benzodiazepines. Needless to say, beginning a psychological process in the hospital also appears to have been shortchanged.
Sara Hartley, MD
Lecturer, Clinical Skills Program
University of California,
Berkeley-University of California,
San Francisco Joint Medical Program
Berkeley, CA
Dr. Freeman responds
I appreciate Dr. Hartley’s interest in my article. Although I agree with her that psychotherapy is an integral part of any treatment plan, the clinical vignette was used only to emphasize the need to aggressively and quickly start antidepressant and, more importantly, anxiolytic pharmacologic treatment in acutely suicidal patients with severe anxiety and depression.
With regard to clonazepam’s pharmacokinetics, although it does have a long half-life, it is only weakly lipophilic compared with other long-acting benzodiazepines such as diazepam. In fact, clonazepam has been shown to be less lipophilic than lorazepam,1 meaning it has a much smaller volume of distribution and less accumulation in peripheral adipose tissue. Therefore, one would not be concerned about significant drug accumulation leading to unexpected toxicity with a less lipophilic agent such as clonazepam.
I do not agree that dosing clonazepam 3 times a day, especially in an acute crisis, is “irrational,” as Dr. Hartley suggests. According to the package insert, although clonazepam is recommended to be administered twice daily for panic disorder, it can be given 3 times a day for seizure disorders.2
Scott A. Freeman, MD
Medical Director
Schizophrenia and Bipolar Disorder Inpatient Unit
McLean Hospital
Belmont, MA
Dr. Scott Freeman’s useful discussion of targeting acute risk factors in suicidal patients (“Suicide assessment: Targeting acute risk factors,” Current Psychiatry, January 2012, p. 52-57) ends by resolving the clinical vignette with a summary of hospital treatment. Apart from failing to indicate any psychotherapeutic inroads, Dr. Freeman seems to support prescribing clonazepam, 0.5 mg twice daily and 1 mg at bedtime. Clonazepam apparently “worked” by alleviating the patient’s anxiety and insomnia, but defied any pharmacologic rationale insofar as clonazepam has a slow onset and long half-life, making 3 doses per day irrational. This treatment strategy also risks problems of cumulative excess in the long run after discharge.
Aggressive pharmacotherapy may be the hallmark of modern acute hospital treatment, but surely it should incorporate careful understanding of specific medications’ pharmacodynamics, especially when relying on benzodiazepines. Needless to say, beginning a psychological process in the hospital also appears to have been shortchanged.
Sara Hartley, MD
Lecturer, Clinical Skills Program
University of California,
Berkeley-University of California,
San Francisco Joint Medical Program
Berkeley, CA
Dr. Freeman responds
I appreciate Dr. Hartley’s interest in my article. Although I agree with her that psychotherapy is an integral part of any treatment plan, the clinical vignette was used only to emphasize the need to aggressively and quickly start antidepressant and, more importantly, anxiolytic pharmacologic treatment in acutely suicidal patients with severe anxiety and depression.
With regard to clonazepam’s pharmacokinetics, although it does have a long half-life, it is only weakly lipophilic compared with other long-acting benzodiazepines such as diazepam. In fact, clonazepam has been shown to be less lipophilic than lorazepam,1 meaning it has a much smaller volume of distribution and less accumulation in peripheral adipose tissue. Therefore, one would not be concerned about significant drug accumulation leading to unexpected toxicity with a less lipophilic agent such as clonazepam.
I do not agree that dosing clonazepam 3 times a day, especially in an acute crisis, is “irrational,” as Dr. Hartley suggests. According to the package insert, although clonazepam is recommended to be administered twice daily for panic disorder, it can be given 3 times a day for seizure disorders.2
Scott A. Freeman, MD
Medical Director
Schizophrenia and Bipolar Disorder Inpatient Unit
McLean Hospital
Belmont, MA
Evaluating older adults’ capacity and need for guardianship
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
Although forensic psychiatrists typically are consulted in complex legal matters, geriatric, consultation-liaison, and general psychiatrists are on the front lines of assessing capacity to give informed consent and need for guardianship. Psychiatrists often find such consultations daunting because residency training usually includes little to no formal training in performing psycho-legal assessments. Evaluating issues such as decision-making capacity, guardianship, and capacity to give informed consent requires a delicate balance between autonomy and beneficence. This article reviews 4 common legal issues in geriatric consultation—capacity evaluations, informed consent, guardianship, and elder abuse—and suggests a systematic approach to psycho-legal consultations in older adults.
Confidentiality and dual agency
Every psychiatrist should be familiar with basic principles of medical ethics as well as key aspects of local mental health law. Relevant ethical principles include autonomy, beneficence, confidentiality, and dual agency. A review of all these ethical issues is beyond the scope of this article, so here I highlight confidentiality and dual agency.
Confidentiality—the clinician’s obligation not to disclose private medical information—is a legal as well as an ethical requirement. A psychiatrist who performs a psycho-legal evaluation must disclose to the patient the purpose of the evaluation, that a report will be prepared, and to whom it will be submitted. Exceptions to confidentiality include medical emergencies, mandatory reporting of abuse and infectious diseases, and the duty to protect (warning police and the intended victim when a patient makes a threat).
Dual agency or dual role refers to serving as both a treating physician and a forensic evaluator. Although it is ideal to avoid serving in a dual role, sometimes it is impractical or impossible to avoid doing so, such as in guardianship or civil commitment evaluations, or in state forensic hospitals. In such cases, the psychiatrist must be aware of potential conflicts between clinical and forensic evaluations. A treating psychiatrist primarily serves his or her patient’s best interest, whereas a forensic psychiatrist primarily seeks truth.1 A treating psychiatrist is at risk of consciously or unconsciously biasing his or her psycho-legal evaluation in favor of or against the patient/litigant, depending upon the psychiatrist’s countertransference. Further, performing a psycho-legal evaluation can cause problems in ongoing treatment. A psychiatrist who testifies that his or her fiercely independent patient needs a guardian or nursing home placement will experience significant challenges in continuing to work with that patient.
4 common issues for older adults
Decision-making capacity. Although “capacity” and “competence” often are used interchangeably, “capacity” broadly refers to the ability to perform a specific task, whereas “competence” refers to the legally defined standard for performing a specific task such as making a will. “Competence” is legally determined, whereas “capacity” may be determined clinically.
Capacity usually is task-specific rather than a general construct. The existence of physical or mental illness per se does not mean that a patient lacks capacity. Rather, capacity is determined by whether an individual has specific abilities, regardless of diagnosis. Specific capacities include the ability to give informed consent, manage finances, make a will, or enter into contracts (Table 1).2-4 Appelbaum and Gutheil describe 4 components for assessing specific capacity:
- communication of a choice
- factual understanding of the issues
- appreciation of the situation and its consequences
- rational manipulation of information.5,6
Table 1
Criteria of 3 specific capacities
| Capacity | Criteria |
|---|---|
| Capacity to give informed consent | Understand nature of illness and treatment Understand risks and benefits of treatment Understand treatment alternatives Understand risk of refusing treatment |
| Testamentary capacity | Understand that he/she is making a will Know the nature and extent of their property Understand the “natural objects” of their bounty and their claims upon them |
| Contractual capacity | Understand the transaction Act in a reasonable manner |
| Source: References 2-4 | |
Ability to communicate a choice refers to a patient’s ability to express his or her wishes in a reasonably stable manner. Factual understanding of the issues refers to an individual’s ability to understand the relevant facts before making a decision. Appreciation of the situation and its consequences refers to a person’s ability to rationally understand the effect of decisions. Appreciation is a higher level of understanding than mere factual understanding—eg, a delusional patient who believes himself immortal may intellectually understand that a surgical procedure carries a 50% mortality risk, but may be unable to appreciate the information as it relates to him because he believes he is immortal. Rational manipulation of information refers to a patient’s reasoning process and how the patient integrates data into his or her decision-making process.5
Informed consent. In my experience, capacity to give informed consent is the most commonly requested specific capacity assessment in general medical settings. Informed consent must be knowing, voluntary, and competent. All material information—information that would cause a reasonable person to accept or reject a proposed treatment—should be communicated to the patient. Informed consent requires an understanding of the patient’s condition and indication for treatment, risks and benefits of and alternatives to treatment, and risks of declining treatment.2,3 Exceptions to informed consent include incompetence, medical emergencies, patient waiver of informed consent, and a limited therapeutic privilege (when a physician determines that the information would harm the patient).3
Several instruments can help clinicians assess patients’ capacity to give informed consent. The benefits of using a structured instrument include:
- ensuring that specific information is covered during each evaluation
- systematically recording a patient’s response.5
Disadvantages of using instruments include the fact that no instrument can take into account all aspects of a particular case, and some instruments are time-consuming and require training. Structured instruments can be a useful adjunct to the clinical interview in some cases, but should not substitute for it. In a review of 23 instruments for assessing decisional capacity to consent to treatment or clinical research, the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool for Clinical Research and the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool for Treatment had the most empirical support, although the authors noted that other instruments might be better suited to specific situations.7
Psychiatrists may be consulted when a patient refuses treatment or decides to leave the hospital against medical advice. The key issue in both situations is whether the patient has capacity to refuse treatment.8 If there is evidence that the patient is mentally ill and poses an imminent risk of suicide or violence or is unable to provide for his or her basic needs, the psychiatrist should assess whether the patient meets criteria for civil commitment.
Many clinicians employ a “sliding scale” approach to competence, requiring a lower degree of competence for consenting to low-risk, high-benefit interventions and a greater degree of competence for higher-risk procedures.5,9 Family members often serve as informal surrogate decision makers for incapacitated patients, except when there is significant family discord or no family members are available.5
Guardianship. Guardians are appointed by courts to make decisions for individuals who have been found incompetent (wards). Although its purposes are beneficent, the guardianship system could do significant harm.10 Determining that an individual is incompetent is tantamount to depriving him or her of basic personhood. In many cases, the ward loses the ability to consent to or refuse medical care, manage his or her finances, enter into contracts, marry, and determine where he or she will live. On the other hand, failing to recognize incompetence can leave a vulnerable person in danger of physical deterioration, abuse, neglect, or exploitation.
It is critical that guardianship evaluations be conducted carefully. In a review of 298 guardianship cases from 3 states, Moye and colleagues11 found that the quality of the reports was significantly better in Colorado, a state with guardianship reforms, but documentation of functional strengths and weaknesses was “particularly rare” in guardianship evaluations and prognosis often was not included. This information is relevant to judges, who need to determine which areas of function are impaired and how long the impairment is likely to last.
Guardianship evaluations often focus on general rather than specific capacity. In other words, often there is not a specific task such as consenting to surgery that the alleged incompetent person needs to perform. Rather, the question is whether an individual can manage his or her finances or make treatment decisions in general. Appelbaum and Gutheil suggest considering 6 factors when assessing general capacity:
- awareness of the situation
- factual understanding of the issues
- appreciation of the likely consequences
- rational manipulation of information
- functioning in one’s environment
- extent of demands on patient.5
The first 4 are closely related to the elements of specific capacity described above. Functioning in one’s environment and extent of demands on the patient attempt to anticipate the tasks that an individual will need to perform. A patient with mild dementia may be unable to manage a complex estate but can handle a bank account and a fixed income. Similarly, it is important to consider the patient’s support system. An impaired patient may function adequately with his wife’s help but may lose the capacity to live independently if his wife dies or becomes impaired.
Traditionally, guardianship has resulted in a complete loss of decision-making ability. Several state legislatures have passed laws allowing for limited guardianship, although orders for limited guardianship remain underutilized.10 Limited guardianship delineates specific areas of incompetence and limits the guardian’s decision-making authority to those areas while leaving intact the ward’s ability to make all other decisions for himself or herself.
The use of less-restrictive alternatives to guardianship—such as powers of attorney, durable powers of attorney, living wills, payees, and trusts—is increasing. A power of attorney allows a patient to authorize a specific individual to act on his or her behalf. The scope of the power of attorney can be limited, such as to manage finances or even to a specific transaction, such as selling a home or car. A durable power of attorney also allows an agent to make decisions on the patient’s behalf but becomes active only when the patient becomes incompetent. It often is used to appoint an individual to make medical decisions on behalf of an incompetent patient. Living wills allow patients to determine what treatment they would like in the event they become incompetent.
Elder abuse. An estimated 1 to 2 million adults age >65 have been abused, exploited, or neglected.12 Elder abuse includes physical abuse, neglect, emotional abuse, sexual abuse, and financial exploitation (including undue influence). Most states have mandatory reporting of elder abuse, although they vary regarding who must report and what the report must entail. Psychiatrists should be vigilant in looking for signs of elder abuse (Table 2),13 regardless of the reason for the consult.
Table 2
Signs of elder abuse: What to wlook for
| Type of abuse | Signs |
|---|---|
| Physical | Bruises, burns (especially circular, suggesting cigarette burns), slap marks |
| Sexual | Unexplained sexually transmitted diseases, bruises in genital area, breasts, or anal area |
| Emotional | Withdrawal, new-onset depression |
| Financial | Sudden loss of property, unusual increase in spending, checks paid in large, round numbers, checks marked as gifts or loans |
| Neglect | Malnutrition, lack of medical care, poor hygiene, pressure ulcers |
| Source: Reference 13 | |
10 tips for thorough evaluations
1. Consider the context of the consultation. This includes medical factors (such as the patient’s condition, prognosis, relationship with the treatment team, and recommended course of treatment), legal factors (eg, pending litigation and relevant legal standards for issues such as guardianship), and psychosocial issues (eg, the patient’s current support structure and family conflicts).
2. Identify the legal issue and any relevant legal standards. The legal standard will inform you of the issues you need to address in the evaluation. If an attorney has consulted you, ask him or her to provide the legal standard.
3. Gather relevant collateral information, which may include interviews with family members or a review of financial or medical records.
4. Explain the purpose of the examination and the limits of confidentiality.
5. Perform a focused psychiatric evaluation, paying special attention to cognitive functioning, reasoning, and unusual thought content such as delusional beliefs.
6. Perform an interview specific to the referral issue.
7. Consider using a relevant assessment instrument.
8. Consider psychological testing, laboratory testing, imaging, or further medical evaluation. These assessments can help determine the diagnosis, the cause of any deficits in capacity, and whether any deficits are reversible.
9. Determine what opinions you are able to render. Limit opinions and remember that it may be appropriate to decline to address certain issues if there is insufficient information or if the issue is outside your area of expertise.
10. Prepare a written report. Consider the audience. Minimize the use of medical jargon and define all medical terms. State your opinions clearly and with reasonable medical certainty (in most jurisdictions, this means more likely than not). State the basis for all opinions.
For a case study that provides an example of a psycho-legal evaluation of a geriatric patient, see the Box.
Mr. A, age 75, recently started taking a dopaminergic agonist to treat Parkinson’s disease. He says he wants to divorce his wife of 35 years because of “scandalous affairs” she allegedly engaged in. His wife reports that he has been accusing her of having affairs with various men, including a man who recently painted their house.
On evaluation, Mr. A’s Mini-Mental State Examination score is 30/30. He has no signs of depression and his sleep patterns have not changed. There have been no changes in his spending patterns, although he no longer gives his wife money for grocery shopping, telling her to get money from her “boyfriends.” He is adamant about this decision, saying, “It’s my money and I can do with it as I please. This is still a free country, isn’t it?”
He says he has $70,000 in his individual retirement account, $20,000 in his bank account, and receives a pension of $1,785 per month. He estimates that his home is worth $200,000. His financial records essentially are consistent with his reports. He is able to perform basic calculations without difficulty and is aware of his monthly expenses. He describes his relationship with his wife by saying, “It was fine until she started screwing around.”
When asked about the likely consequences of his decision, he shrugs and says, “I guess she’ll have to get money from her boyfriends. I don’t really care who she sees as long as they stay away from me.” He denies having thoughts of harming his wife or her alleged “boyfriends.” He recognizes that his wife might divorce him, leaving him alone.
When I ask Mr. A if it is possible he is mistaken in his belief that his wife is having affairs, he says, “No, doctor. You don’t know her.” When I ask how he knows she is having affairs, he says that the painter started looking at him “funny” and that the busboy at a restaurant they frequent called his wife “dear.” He believes his wife is having sexual relations with both of these men.
Does Mr. A require a guardian? I opine that Mr. A requires a guardian of estate (to manage his property) but not a guardian of person because he is capable of making decisions about his medical care and other personal decisions. He is failing to care for his wife because of his delusional jealousy. Although cognitively intact, he is unable to appreciate the consequences of his actions or rationally manipulate information because of his delusional thinking. He believes he is “cutting off” an unfaithful spouse when, in fact, there is no evidence that she has been unfaithful. His inability to rationally manipulate information is demonstrated by the fact that he uses innocuous facts such as a busboy calling his elderly wife “dear” to support his delusion that she was having affairs.
I note that his psychosis is reversible because it is likely due to his antiparkinsonian regimen. However, he declines both a dose reduction in his medication and antipsychotic treatment. I note that should his psychosis resolve, he may regain financial decision-making capacity.
Related Resources
- American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. www.aapl.org.
- American Bar Association Commission on Law and Aging. www.americanbar.org/groups/law_aging.html.
- National Center on Elder Abuse. www.ncea.aoa.gov.
Disclosure
Dr. Soliman reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Acknowledgement
The author thanks forensic psychiatry fellow Abhishek Jain, MD for reviewing the article and offering editorial suggestions.
1. American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Ethics guidelines for the practice of forensic psychiatry. http://www.aapl.org/ethics.htm. Adopted May 2005. Accessed February 24 2012.
2. Blank K. Legal and ethical issues. In: Sadvoy J Jarvik LF, Grossberg GT, et al, eds. Comprehensive textbook of geriatric psychiatry. 3rd ed. New York, NY: American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry; 2004:1183-1206.
3. Schwartz HI, Mack DM. Informed consent and competency. In: Rosner R ed. Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2003:97-106.
4. Ciccone RJ. Civil competencies. In: Rosner R ed. Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2003:308-315.
5. Appelbaum PS, Gutheil TG. Competence and substitute decision making. In: Appelbaum PS Gutheil TG, eds. Clinical handbook of psychiatry and the law. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2007:177-213.
6. Appelbaum PS, Grisso T. Assessing patients’ capacities to consent to treatment. N Engl J Med. 1988;319(25):1635-1638.
7. Dunn LB, Nowrangi MA, Palmer BW, et al. Assessing decisional capacity for clinical research or treatment: a review of instruments. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(8):1323-1334.
8. Resnick PJ, Sorrentino R. Forensic issues in consultation-liaison psychiatry. Psychiatric Times. 2005;23(14).-
9. Drane JF. The many faces of competency. Hastings Cent Rep. 1985;15(2):17-21.
10. Wright JL. Guardianship for your own good: improving the well being of respondents and wards in the USA. Int J Law Psychiatry. 2010;33(5-6):350-368.
11. Moye J, Wood S, Edelstein B, et al. Clinical evidence in guardianship of older adults is inadequate: findings from a tri-state study. Gerontologist. 2007;47(5):604-612.
12. National Center on Elder Abuse. Fact sheet: elder abuse prevalence and incidence. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/NCEAroot/Main_Site/pdf/publication/FinalStatistics050331.pdf. Accessed February 24, 2012.
13. National Center on Elder Abuse. Why should I care about elder abuse? http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Main_Site/pdf/publication/NCEA_WhatIsAbuse-2010.pdf. Published March 3 2010. Accessed February 24, 2012.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
Although forensic psychiatrists typically are consulted in complex legal matters, geriatric, consultation-liaison, and general psychiatrists are on the front lines of assessing capacity to give informed consent and need for guardianship. Psychiatrists often find such consultations daunting because residency training usually includes little to no formal training in performing psycho-legal assessments. Evaluating issues such as decision-making capacity, guardianship, and capacity to give informed consent requires a delicate balance between autonomy and beneficence. This article reviews 4 common legal issues in geriatric consultation—capacity evaluations, informed consent, guardianship, and elder abuse—and suggests a systematic approach to psycho-legal consultations in older adults.
Confidentiality and dual agency
Every psychiatrist should be familiar with basic principles of medical ethics as well as key aspects of local mental health law. Relevant ethical principles include autonomy, beneficence, confidentiality, and dual agency. A review of all these ethical issues is beyond the scope of this article, so here I highlight confidentiality and dual agency.
Confidentiality—the clinician’s obligation not to disclose private medical information—is a legal as well as an ethical requirement. A psychiatrist who performs a psycho-legal evaluation must disclose to the patient the purpose of the evaluation, that a report will be prepared, and to whom it will be submitted. Exceptions to confidentiality include medical emergencies, mandatory reporting of abuse and infectious diseases, and the duty to protect (warning police and the intended victim when a patient makes a threat).
Dual agency or dual role refers to serving as both a treating physician and a forensic evaluator. Although it is ideal to avoid serving in a dual role, sometimes it is impractical or impossible to avoid doing so, such as in guardianship or civil commitment evaluations, or in state forensic hospitals. In such cases, the psychiatrist must be aware of potential conflicts between clinical and forensic evaluations. A treating psychiatrist primarily serves his or her patient’s best interest, whereas a forensic psychiatrist primarily seeks truth.1 A treating psychiatrist is at risk of consciously or unconsciously biasing his or her psycho-legal evaluation in favor of or against the patient/litigant, depending upon the psychiatrist’s countertransference. Further, performing a psycho-legal evaluation can cause problems in ongoing treatment. A psychiatrist who testifies that his or her fiercely independent patient needs a guardian or nursing home placement will experience significant challenges in continuing to work with that patient.
4 common issues for older adults
Decision-making capacity. Although “capacity” and “competence” often are used interchangeably, “capacity” broadly refers to the ability to perform a specific task, whereas “competence” refers to the legally defined standard for performing a specific task such as making a will. “Competence” is legally determined, whereas “capacity” may be determined clinically.
Capacity usually is task-specific rather than a general construct. The existence of physical or mental illness per se does not mean that a patient lacks capacity. Rather, capacity is determined by whether an individual has specific abilities, regardless of diagnosis. Specific capacities include the ability to give informed consent, manage finances, make a will, or enter into contracts (Table 1).2-4 Appelbaum and Gutheil describe 4 components for assessing specific capacity:
- communication of a choice
- factual understanding of the issues
- appreciation of the situation and its consequences
- rational manipulation of information.5,6
Table 1
Criteria of 3 specific capacities
| Capacity | Criteria |
|---|---|
| Capacity to give informed consent | Understand nature of illness and treatment Understand risks and benefits of treatment Understand treatment alternatives Understand risk of refusing treatment |
| Testamentary capacity | Understand that he/she is making a will Know the nature and extent of their property Understand the “natural objects” of their bounty and their claims upon them |
| Contractual capacity | Understand the transaction Act in a reasonable manner |
| Source: References 2-4 | |
Ability to communicate a choice refers to a patient’s ability to express his or her wishes in a reasonably stable manner. Factual understanding of the issues refers to an individual’s ability to understand the relevant facts before making a decision. Appreciation of the situation and its consequences refers to a person’s ability to rationally understand the effect of decisions. Appreciation is a higher level of understanding than mere factual understanding—eg, a delusional patient who believes himself immortal may intellectually understand that a surgical procedure carries a 50% mortality risk, but may be unable to appreciate the information as it relates to him because he believes he is immortal. Rational manipulation of information refers to a patient’s reasoning process and how the patient integrates data into his or her decision-making process.5
Informed consent. In my experience, capacity to give informed consent is the most commonly requested specific capacity assessment in general medical settings. Informed consent must be knowing, voluntary, and competent. All material information—information that would cause a reasonable person to accept or reject a proposed treatment—should be communicated to the patient. Informed consent requires an understanding of the patient’s condition and indication for treatment, risks and benefits of and alternatives to treatment, and risks of declining treatment.2,3 Exceptions to informed consent include incompetence, medical emergencies, patient waiver of informed consent, and a limited therapeutic privilege (when a physician determines that the information would harm the patient).3
Several instruments can help clinicians assess patients’ capacity to give informed consent. The benefits of using a structured instrument include:
- ensuring that specific information is covered during each evaluation
- systematically recording a patient’s response.5
Disadvantages of using instruments include the fact that no instrument can take into account all aspects of a particular case, and some instruments are time-consuming and require training. Structured instruments can be a useful adjunct to the clinical interview in some cases, but should not substitute for it. In a review of 23 instruments for assessing decisional capacity to consent to treatment or clinical research, the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool for Clinical Research and the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool for Treatment had the most empirical support, although the authors noted that other instruments might be better suited to specific situations.7
Psychiatrists may be consulted when a patient refuses treatment or decides to leave the hospital against medical advice. The key issue in both situations is whether the patient has capacity to refuse treatment.8 If there is evidence that the patient is mentally ill and poses an imminent risk of suicide or violence or is unable to provide for his or her basic needs, the psychiatrist should assess whether the patient meets criteria for civil commitment.
Many clinicians employ a “sliding scale” approach to competence, requiring a lower degree of competence for consenting to low-risk, high-benefit interventions and a greater degree of competence for higher-risk procedures.5,9 Family members often serve as informal surrogate decision makers for incapacitated patients, except when there is significant family discord or no family members are available.5
Guardianship. Guardians are appointed by courts to make decisions for individuals who have been found incompetent (wards). Although its purposes are beneficent, the guardianship system could do significant harm.10 Determining that an individual is incompetent is tantamount to depriving him or her of basic personhood. In many cases, the ward loses the ability to consent to or refuse medical care, manage his or her finances, enter into contracts, marry, and determine where he or she will live. On the other hand, failing to recognize incompetence can leave a vulnerable person in danger of physical deterioration, abuse, neglect, or exploitation.
It is critical that guardianship evaluations be conducted carefully. In a review of 298 guardianship cases from 3 states, Moye and colleagues11 found that the quality of the reports was significantly better in Colorado, a state with guardianship reforms, but documentation of functional strengths and weaknesses was “particularly rare” in guardianship evaluations and prognosis often was not included. This information is relevant to judges, who need to determine which areas of function are impaired and how long the impairment is likely to last.
Guardianship evaluations often focus on general rather than specific capacity. In other words, often there is not a specific task such as consenting to surgery that the alleged incompetent person needs to perform. Rather, the question is whether an individual can manage his or her finances or make treatment decisions in general. Appelbaum and Gutheil suggest considering 6 factors when assessing general capacity:
- awareness of the situation
- factual understanding of the issues
- appreciation of the likely consequences
- rational manipulation of information
- functioning in one’s environment
- extent of demands on patient.5
The first 4 are closely related to the elements of specific capacity described above. Functioning in one’s environment and extent of demands on the patient attempt to anticipate the tasks that an individual will need to perform. A patient with mild dementia may be unable to manage a complex estate but can handle a bank account and a fixed income. Similarly, it is important to consider the patient’s support system. An impaired patient may function adequately with his wife’s help but may lose the capacity to live independently if his wife dies or becomes impaired.
Traditionally, guardianship has resulted in a complete loss of decision-making ability. Several state legislatures have passed laws allowing for limited guardianship, although orders for limited guardianship remain underutilized.10 Limited guardianship delineates specific areas of incompetence and limits the guardian’s decision-making authority to those areas while leaving intact the ward’s ability to make all other decisions for himself or herself.
The use of less-restrictive alternatives to guardianship—such as powers of attorney, durable powers of attorney, living wills, payees, and trusts—is increasing. A power of attorney allows a patient to authorize a specific individual to act on his or her behalf. The scope of the power of attorney can be limited, such as to manage finances or even to a specific transaction, such as selling a home or car. A durable power of attorney also allows an agent to make decisions on the patient’s behalf but becomes active only when the patient becomes incompetent. It often is used to appoint an individual to make medical decisions on behalf of an incompetent patient. Living wills allow patients to determine what treatment they would like in the event they become incompetent.
Elder abuse. An estimated 1 to 2 million adults age >65 have been abused, exploited, or neglected.12 Elder abuse includes physical abuse, neglect, emotional abuse, sexual abuse, and financial exploitation (including undue influence). Most states have mandatory reporting of elder abuse, although they vary regarding who must report and what the report must entail. Psychiatrists should be vigilant in looking for signs of elder abuse (Table 2),13 regardless of the reason for the consult.
Table 2
Signs of elder abuse: What to wlook for
| Type of abuse | Signs |
|---|---|
| Physical | Bruises, burns (especially circular, suggesting cigarette burns), slap marks |
| Sexual | Unexplained sexually transmitted diseases, bruises in genital area, breasts, or anal area |
| Emotional | Withdrawal, new-onset depression |
| Financial | Sudden loss of property, unusual increase in spending, checks paid in large, round numbers, checks marked as gifts or loans |
| Neglect | Malnutrition, lack of medical care, poor hygiene, pressure ulcers |
| Source: Reference 13 | |
10 tips for thorough evaluations
1. Consider the context of the consultation. This includes medical factors (such as the patient’s condition, prognosis, relationship with the treatment team, and recommended course of treatment), legal factors (eg, pending litigation and relevant legal standards for issues such as guardianship), and psychosocial issues (eg, the patient’s current support structure and family conflicts).
2. Identify the legal issue and any relevant legal standards. The legal standard will inform you of the issues you need to address in the evaluation. If an attorney has consulted you, ask him or her to provide the legal standard.
3. Gather relevant collateral information, which may include interviews with family members or a review of financial or medical records.
4. Explain the purpose of the examination and the limits of confidentiality.
5. Perform a focused psychiatric evaluation, paying special attention to cognitive functioning, reasoning, and unusual thought content such as delusional beliefs.
6. Perform an interview specific to the referral issue.
7. Consider using a relevant assessment instrument.
8. Consider psychological testing, laboratory testing, imaging, or further medical evaluation. These assessments can help determine the diagnosis, the cause of any deficits in capacity, and whether any deficits are reversible.
9. Determine what opinions you are able to render. Limit opinions and remember that it may be appropriate to decline to address certain issues if there is insufficient information or if the issue is outside your area of expertise.
10. Prepare a written report. Consider the audience. Minimize the use of medical jargon and define all medical terms. State your opinions clearly and with reasonable medical certainty (in most jurisdictions, this means more likely than not). State the basis for all opinions.
For a case study that provides an example of a psycho-legal evaluation of a geriatric patient, see the Box.
Mr. A, age 75, recently started taking a dopaminergic agonist to treat Parkinson’s disease. He says he wants to divorce his wife of 35 years because of “scandalous affairs” she allegedly engaged in. His wife reports that he has been accusing her of having affairs with various men, including a man who recently painted their house.
On evaluation, Mr. A’s Mini-Mental State Examination score is 30/30. He has no signs of depression and his sleep patterns have not changed. There have been no changes in his spending patterns, although he no longer gives his wife money for grocery shopping, telling her to get money from her “boyfriends.” He is adamant about this decision, saying, “It’s my money and I can do with it as I please. This is still a free country, isn’t it?”
He says he has $70,000 in his individual retirement account, $20,000 in his bank account, and receives a pension of $1,785 per month. He estimates that his home is worth $200,000. His financial records essentially are consistent with his reports. He is able to perform basic calculations without difficulty and is aware of his monthly expenses. He describes his relationship with his wife by saying, “It was fine until she started screwing around.”
When asked about the likely consequences of his decision, he shrugs and says, “I guess she’ll have to get money from her boyfriends. I don’t really care who she sees as long as they stay away from me.” He denies having thoughts of harming his wife or her alleged “boyfriends.” He recognizes that his wife might divorce him, leaving him alone.
When I ask Mr. A if it is possible he is mistaken in his belief that his wife is having affairs, he says, “No, doctor. You don’t know her.” When I ask how he knows she is having affairs, he says that the painter started looking at him “funny” and that the busboy at a restaurant they frequent called his wife “dear.” He believes his wife is having sexual relations with both of these men.
Does Mr. A require a guardian? I opine that Mr. A requires a guardian of estate (to manage his property) but not a guardian of person because he is capable of making decisions about his medical care and other personal decisions. He is failing to care for his wife because of his delusional jealousy. Although cognitively intact, he is unable to appreciate the consequences of his actions or rationally manipulate information because of his delusional thinking. He believes he is “cutting off” an unfaithful spouse when, in fact, there is no evidence that she has been unfaithful. His inability to rationally manipulate information is demonstrated by the fact that he uses innocuous facts such as a busboy calling his elderly wife “dear” to support his delusion that she was having affairs.
I note that his psychosis is reversible because it is likely due to his antiparkinsonian regimen. However, he declines both a dose reduction in his medication and antipsychotic treatment. I note that should his psychosis resolve, he may regain financial decision-making capacity.
Related Resources
- American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. www.aapl.org.
- American Bar Association Commission on Law and Aging. www.americanbar.org/groups/law_aging.html.
- National Center on Elder Abuse. www.ncea.aoa.gov.
Disclosure
Dr. Soliman reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Acknowledgement
The author thanks forensic psychiatry fellow Abhishek Jain, MD for reviewing the article and offering editorial suggestions.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
Although forensic psychiatrists typically are consulted in complex legal matters, geriatric, consultation-liaison, and general psychiatrists are on the front lines of assessing capacity to give informed consent and need for guardianship. Psychiatrists often find such consultations daunting because residency training usually includes little to no formal training in performing psycho-legal assessments. Evaluating issues such as decision-making capacity, guardianship, and capacity to give informed consent requires a delicate balance between autonomy and beneficence. This article reviews 4 common legal issues in geriatric consultation—capacity evaluations, informed consent, guardianship, and elder abuse—and suggests a systematic approach to psycho-legal consultations in older adults.
Confidentiality and dual agency
Every psychiatrist should be familiar with basic principles of medical ethics as well as key aspects of local mental health law. Relevant ethical principles include autonomy, beneficence, confidentiality, and dual agency. A review of all these ethical issues is beyond the scope of this article, so here I highlight confidentiality and dual agency.
Confidentiality—the clinician’s obligation not to disclose private medical information—is a legal as well as an ethical requirement. A psychiatrist who performs a psycho-legal evaluation must disclose to the patient the purpose of the evaluation, that a report will be prepared, and to whom it will be submitted. Exceptions to confidentiality include medical emergencies, mandatory reporting of abuse and infectious diseases, and the duty to protect (warning police and the intended victim when a patient makes a threat).
Dual agency or dual role refers to serving as both a treating physician and a forensic evaluator. Although it is ideal to avoid serving in a dual role, sometimes it is impractical or impossible to avoid doing so, such as in guardianship or civil commitment evaluations, or in state forensic hospitals. In such cases, the psychiatrist must be aware of potential conflicts between clinical and forensic evaluations. A treating psychiatrist primarily serves his or her patient’s best interest, whereas a forensic psychiatrist primarily seeks truth.1 A treating psychiatrist is at risk of consciously or unconsciously biasing his or her psycho-legal evaluation in favor of or against the patient/litigant, depending upon the psychiatrist’s countertransference. Further, performing a psycho-legal evaluation can cause problems in ongoing treatment. A psychiatrist who testifies that his or her fiercely independent patient needs a guardian or nursing home placement will experience significant challenges in continuing to work with that patient.
4 common issues for older adults
Decision-making capacity. Although “capacity” and “competence” often are used interchangeably, “capacity” broadly refers to the ability to perform a specific task, whereas “competence” refers to the legally defined standard for performing a specific task such as making a will. “Competence” is legally determined, whereas “capacity” may be determined clinically.
Capacity usually is task-specific rather than a general construct. The existence of physical or mental illness per se does not mean that a patient lacks capacity. Rather, capacity is determined by whether an individual has specific abilities, regardless of diagnosis. Specific capacities include the ability to give informed consent, manage finances, make a will, or enter into contracts (Table 1).2-4 Appelbaum and Gutheil describe 4 components for assessing specific capacity:
- communication of a choice
- factual understanding of the issues
- appreciation of the situation and its consequences
- rational manipulation of information.5,6
Table 1
Criteria of 3 specific capacities
| Capacity | Criteria |
|---|---|
| Capacity to give informed consent | Understand nature of illness and treatment Understand risks and benefits of treatment Understand treatment alternatives Understand risk of refusing treatment |
| Testamentary capacity | Understand that he/she is making a will Know the nature and extent of their property Understand the “natural objects” of their bounty and their claims upon them |
| Contractual capacity | Understand the transaction Act in a reasonable manner |
| Source: References 2-4 | |
Ability to communicate a choice refers to a patient’s ability to express his or her wishes in a reasonably stable manner. Factual understanding of the issues refers to an individual’s ability to understand the relevant facts before making a decision. Appreciation of the situation and its consequences refers to a person’s ability to rationally understand the effect of decisions. Appreciation is a higher level of understanding than mere factual understanding—eg, a delusional patient who believes himself immortal may intellectually understand that a surgical procedure carries a 50% mortality risk, but may be unable to appreciate the information as it relates to him because he believes he is immortal. Rational manipulation of information refers to a patient’s reasoning process and how the patient integrates data into his or her decision-making process.5
Informed consent. In my experience, capacity to give informed consent is the most commonly requested specific capacity assessment in general medical settings. Informed consent must be knowing, voluntary, and competent. All material information—information that would cause a reasonable person to accept or reject a proposed treatment—should be communicated to the patient. Informed consent requires an understanding of the patient’s condition and indication for treatment, risks and benefits of and alternatives to treatment, and risks of declining treatment.2,3 Exceptions to informed consent include incompetence, medical emergencies, patient waiver of informed consent, and a limited therapeutic privilege (when a physician determines that the information would harm the patient).3
Several instruments can help clinicians assess patients’ capacity to give informed consent. The benefits of using a structured instrument include:
- ensuring that specific information is covered during each evaluation
- systematically recording a patient’s response.5
Disadvantages of using instruments include the fact that no instrument can take into account all aspects of a particular case, and some instruments are time-consuming and require training. Structured instruments can be a useful adjunct to the clinical interview in some cases, but should not substitute for it. In a review of 23 instruments for assessing decisional capacity to consent to treatment or clinical research, the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool for Clinical Research and the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool for Treatment had the most empirical support, although the authors noted that other instruments might be better suited to specific situations.7
Psychiatrists may be consulted when a patient refuses treatment or decides to leave the hospital against medical advice. The key issue in both situations is whether the patient has capacity to refuse treatment.8 If there is evidence that the patient is mentally ill and poses an imminent risk of suicide or violence or is unable to provide for his or her basic needs, the psychiatrist should assess whether the patient meets criteria for civil commitment.
Many clinicians employ a “sliding scale” approach to competence, requiring a lower degree of competence for consenting to low-risk, high-benefit interventions and a greater degree of competence for higher-risk procedures.5,9 Family members often serve as informal surrogate decision makers for incapacitated patients, except when there is significant family discord or no family members are available.5
Guardianship. Guardians are appointed by courts to make decisions for individuals who have been found incompetent (wards). Although its purposes are beneficent, the guardianship system could do significant harm.10 Determining that an individual is incompetent is tantamount to depriving him or her of basic personhood. In many cases, the ward loses the ability to consent to or refuse medical care, manage his or her finances, enter into contracts, marry, and determine where he or she will live. On the other hand, failing to recognize incompetence can leave a vulnerable person in danger of physical deterioration, abuse, neglect, or exploitation.
It is critical that guardianship evaluations be conducted carefully. In a review of 298 guardianship cases from 3 states, Moye and colleagues11 found that the quality of the reports was significantly better in Colorado, a state with guardianship reforms, but documentation of functional strengths and weaknesses was “particularly rare” in guardianship evaluations and prognosis often was not included. This information is relevant to judges, who need to determine which areas of function are impaired and how long the impairment is likely to last.
Guardianship evaluations often focus on general rather than specific capacity. In other words, often there is not a specific task such as consenting to surgery that the alleged incompetent person needs to perform. Rather, the question is whether an individual can manage his or her finances or make treatment decisions in general. Appelbaum and Gutheil suggest considering 6 factors when assessing general capacity:
- awareness of the situation
- factual understanding of the issues
- appreciation of the likely consequences
- rational manipulation of information
- functioning in one’s environment
- extent of demands on patient.5
The first 4 are closely related to the elements of specific capacity described above. Functioning in one’s environment and extent of demands on the patient attempt to anticipate the tasks that an individual will need to perform. A patient with mild dementia may be unable to manage a complex estate but can handle a bank account and a fixed income. Similarly, it is important to consider the patient’s support system. An impaired patient may function adequately with his wife’s help but may lose the capacity to live independently if his wife dies or becomes impaired.
Traditionally, guardianship has resulted in a complete loss of decision-making ability. Several state legislatures have passed laws allowing for limited guardianship, although orders for limited guardianship remain underutilized.10 Limited guardianship delineates specific areas of incompetence and limits the guardian’s decision-making authority to those areas while leaving intact the ward’s ability to make all other decisions for himself or herself.
The use of less-restrictive alternatives to guardianship—such as powers of attorney, durable powers of attorney, living wills, payees, and trusts—is increasing. A power of attorney allows a patient to authorize a specific individual to act on his or her behalf. The scope of the power of attorney can be limited, such as to manage finances or even to a specific transaction, such as selling a home or car. A durable power of attorney also allows an agent to make decisions on the patient’s behalf but becomes active only when the patient becomes incompetent. It often is used to appoint an individual to make medical decisions on behalf of an incompetent patient. Living wills allow patients to determine what treatment they would like in the event they become incompetent.
Elder abuse. An estimated 1 to 2 million adults age >65 have been abused, exploited, or neglected.12 Elder abuse includes physical abuse, neglect, emotional abuse, sexual abuse, and financial exploitation (including undue influence). Most states have mandatory reporting of elder abuse, although they vary regarding who must report and what the report must entail. Psychiatrists should be vigilant in looking for signs of elder abuse (Table 2),13 regardless of the reason for the consult.
Table 2
Signs of elder abuse: What to wlook for
| Type of abuse | Signs |
|---|---|
| Physical | Bruises, burns (especially circular, suggesting cigarette burns), slap marks |
| Sexual | Unexplained sexually transmitted diseases, bruises in genital area, breasts, or anal area |
| Emotional | Withdrawal, new-onset depression |
| Financial | Sudden loss of property, unusual increase in spending, checks paid in large, round numbers, checks marked as gifts or loans |
| Neglect | Malnutrition, lack of medical care, poor hygiene, pressure ulcers |
| Source: Reference 13 | |
10 tips for thorough evaluations
1. Consider the context of the consultation. This includes medical factors (such as the patient’s condition, prognosis, relationship with the treatment team, and recommended course of treatment), legal factors (eg, pending litigation and relevant legal standards for issues such as guardianship), and psychosocial issues (eg, the patient’s current support structure and family conflicts).
2. Identify the legal issue and any relevant legal standards. The legal standard will inform you of the issues you need to address in the evaluation. If an attorney has consulted you, ask him or her to provide the legal standard.
3. Gather relevant collateral information, which may include interviews with family members or a review of financial or medical records.
4. Explain the purpose of the examination and the limits of confidentiality.
5. Perform a focused psychiatric evaluation, paying special attention to cognitive functioning, reasoning, and unusual thought content such as delusional beliefs.
6. Perform an interview specific to the referral issue.
7. Consider using a relevant assessment instrument.
8. Consider psychological testing, laboratory testing, imaging, or further medical evaluation. These assessments can help determine the diagnosis, the cause of any deficits in capacity, and whether any deficits are reversible.
9. Determine what opinions you are able to render. Limit opinions and remember that it may be appropriate to decline to address certain issues if there is insufficient information or if the issue is outside your area of expertise.
10. Prepare a written report. Consider the audience. Minimize the use of medical jargon and define all medical terms. State your opinions clearly and with reasonable medical certainty (in most jurisdictions, this means more likely than not). State the basis for all opinions.
For a case study that provides an example of a psycho-legal evaluation of a geriatric patient, see the Box.
Mr. A, age 75, recently started taking a dopaminergic agonist to treat Parkinson’s disease. He says he wants to divorce his wife of 35 years because of “scandalous affairs” she allegedly engaged in. His wife reports that he has been accusing her of having affairs with various men, including a man who recently painted their house.
On evaluation, Mr. A’s Mini-Mental State Examination score is 30/30. He has no signs of depression and his sleep patterns have not changed. There have been no changes in his spending patterns, although he no longer gives his wife money for grocery shopping, telling her to get money from her “boyfriends.” He is adamant about this decision, saying, “It’s my money and I can do with it as I please. This is still a free country, isn’t it?”
He says he has $70,000 in his individual retirement account, $20,000 in his bank account, and receives a pension of $1,785 per month. He estimates that his home is worth $200,000. His financial records essentially are consistent with his reports. He is able to perform basic calculations without difficulty and is aware of his monthly expenses. He describes his relationship with his wife by saying, “It was fine until she started screwing around.”
When asked about the likely consequences of his decision, he shrugs and says, “I guess she’ll have to get money from her boyfriends. I don’t really care who she sees as long as they stay away from me.” He denies having thoughts of harming his wife or her alleged “boyfriends.” He recognizes that his wife might divorce him, leaving him alone.
When I ask Mr. A if it is possible he is mistaken in his belief that his wife is having affairs, he says, “No, doctor. You don’t know her.” When I ask how he knows she is having affairs, he says that the painter started looking at him “funny” and that the busboy at a restaurant they frequent called his wife “dear.” He believes his wife is having sexual relations with both of these men.
Does Mr. A require a guardian? I opine that Mr. A requires a guardian of estate (to manage his property) but not a guardian of person because he is capable of making decisions about his medical care and other personal decisions. He is failing to care for his wife because of his delusional jealousy. Although cognitively intact, he is unable to appreciate the consequences of his actions or rationally manipulate information because of his delusional thinking. He believes he is “cutting off” an unfaithful spouse when, in fact, there is no evidence that she has been unfaithful. His inability to rationally manipulate information is demonstrated by the fact that he uses innocuous facts such as a busboy calling his elderly wife “dear” to support his delusion that she was having affairs.
I note that his psychosis is reversible because it is likely due to his antiparkinsonian regimen. However, he declines both a dose reduction in his medication and antipsychotic treatment. I note that should his psychosis resolve, he may regain financial decision-making capacity.
Related Resources
- American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. www.aapl.org.
- American Bar Association Commission on Law and Aging. www.americanbar.org/groups/law_aging.html.
- National Center on Elder Abuse. www.ncea.aoa.gov.
Disclosure
Dr. Soliman reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Acknowledgement
The author thanks forensic psychiatry fellow Abhishek Jain, MD for reviewing the article and offering editorial suggestions.
1. American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Ethics guidelines for the practice of forensic psychiatry. http://www.aapl.org/ethics.htm. Adopted May 2005. Accessed February 24 2012.
2. Blank K. Legal and ethical issues. In: Sadvoy J Jarvik LF, Grossberg GT, et al, eds. Comprehensive textbook of geriatric psychiatry. 3rd ed. New York, NY: American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry; 2004:1183-1206.
3. Schwartz HI, Mack DM. Informed consent and competency. In: Rosner R ed. Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2003:97-106.
4. Ciccone RJ. Civil competencies. In: Rosner R ed. Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2003:308-315.
5. Appelbaum PS, Gutheil TG. Competence and substitute decision making. In: Appelbaum PS Gutheil TG, eds. Clinical handbook of psychiatry and the law. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2007:177-213.
6. Appelbaum PS, Grisso T. Assessing patients’ capacities to consent to treatment. N Engl J Med. 1988;319(25):1635-1638.
7. Dunn LB, Nowrangi MA, Palmer BW, et al. Assessing decisional capacity for clinical research or treatment: a review of instruments. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(8):1323-1334.
8. Resnick PJ, Sorrentino R. Forensic issues in consultation-liaison psychiatry. Psychiatric Times. 2005;23(14).-
9. Drane JF. The many faces of competency. Hastings Cent Rep. 1985;15(2):17-21.
10. Wright JL. Guardianship for your own good: improving the well being of respondents and wards in the USA. Int J Law Psychiatry. 2010;33(5-6):350-368.
11. Moye J, Wood S, Edelstein B, et al. Clinical evidence in guardianship of older adults is inadequate: findings from a tri-state study. Gerontologist. 2007;47(5):604-612.
12. National Center on Elder Abuse. Fact sheet: elder abuse prevalence and incidence. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/NCEAroot/Main_Site/pdf/publication/FinalStatistics050331.pdf. Accessed February 24, 2012.
13. National Center on Elder Abuse. Why should I care about elder abuse? http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Main_Site/pdf/publication/NCEA_WhatIsAbuse-2010.pdf. Published March 3 2010. Accessed February 24, 2012.
1. American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Ethics guidelines for the practice of forensic psychiatry. http://www.aapl.org/ethics.htm. Adopted May 2005. Accessed February 24 2012.
2. Blank K. Legal and ethical issues. In: Sadvoy J Jarvik LF, Grossberg GT, et al, eds. Comprehensive textbook of geriatric psychiatry. 3rd ed. New York, NY: American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry; 2004:1183-1206.
3. Schwartz HI, Mack DM. Informed consent and competency. In: Rosner R ed. Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2003:97-106.
4. Ciccone RJ. Civil competencies. In: Rosner R ed. Principles and practice of forensic psychiatry. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2003:308-315.
5. Appelbaum PS, Gutheil TG. Competence and substitute decision making. In: Appelbaum PS Gutheil TG, eds. Clinical handbook of psychiatry and the law. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2007:177-213.
6. Appelbaum PS, Grisso T. Assessing patients’ capacities to consent to treatment. N Engl J Med. 1988;319(25):1635-1638.
7. Dunn LB, Nowrangi MA, Palmer BW, et al. Assessing decisional capacity for clinical research or treatment: a review of instruments. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(8):1323-1334.
8. Resnick PJ, Sorrentino R. Forensic issues in consultation-liaison psychiatry. Psychiatric Times. 2005;23(14).-
9. Drane JF. The many faces of competency. Hastings Cent Rep. 1985;15(2):17-21.
10. Wright JL. Guardianship for your own good: improving the well being of respondents and wards in the USA. Int J Law Psychiatry. 2010;33(5-6):350-368.
11. Moye J, Wood S, Edelstein B, et al. Clinical evidence in guardianship of older adults is inadequate: findings from a tri-state study. Gerontologist. 2007;47(5):604-612.
12. National Center on Elder Abuse. Fact sheet: elder abuse prevalence and incidence. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/NCEAroot/Main_Site/pdf/publication/FinalStatistics050331.pdf. Accessed February 24, 2012.
13. National Center on Elder Abuse. Why should I care about elder abuse? http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Main_Site/pdf/publication/NCEA_WhatIsAbuse-2010.pdf. Published March 3 2010. Accessed February 24, 2012.
The hidden danger of hand sanitizer
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends that all health care professionals use an ethanol-based hand sanitizer to decontaminate their hands before and after direct contact with patients to prevent infection.1,2 As a result, many psychiatric hospitals use alcohol-based hand sanitizers as a primary infection control measure.
Patient misuse of these products as intoxicants has been reported in prisons, emergency rooms, and medical units.3-7 We report 2 cases of psychiatric inpatients who intentionally ingested alcohol-based hand sanitizers to become intoxicated; there were no permanent toxic effects in either case.
Case 1
Mr. F, age 52, is diagnosed with polysubstance dependence and bipolar disorder and hospitalized for acute exacerbation of mania characterized by unrestrained buying sprees, racing thoughts, grandiosity, and a persistently irritable mood. On day 3 of admission, he presents as stuporous and disorganized, with a strong odor of alcohol on his breath. He admits drinking an alcohol-based hand sanitizer foaming solution, an empty bottle of which is found in his room. His serum alcohol level is 176 mg/dL; the threshold concentration above which a person is considered legally drunk when operating a motor vehicle is 100 mg/dL. Other laboratory values, including urine toxicology, were negative.
Case 2
Mr. V, age 47, has schizophrenia, cocaine dependence, and antisocial personality disorder. He is admitted for command auditory hallucinations and a suicide attempt by overdose. On day 6 of hospitalization, staff members find him delirious and confused. Mr. V confesses to drinking an alcohol-based hand sanitizer solution for the past 3 days. His vital signs are stable, and his serum alcohol level is 142 mg/dL.
Limiting access
Hand sanitizer has a much higher alcohol concentration than several common alcoholic drinks Table8,9 Ethyl alcohol, the active ingredient in hand sanitizers, is responsible for the adverse effects seen in our patients; the inactive ingredients—glycerin, propylene glycol, tocopherol acetate, isopropyl myristate, and aminomethyl propanol—generally are recognized as safe by the FDA and the Cosmetic Ingredient Review Expert Panel.10,11 Although hospitals routinely restrict patients’ access to traditional forms of alcohol, hand sanitizer is easily accessible in many facilities. In our cases, having the alcohol-based sanitizer placed throughout the unit and readily available to patients made it easy for at-risk patients to become intoxicated. As suggested by Weiner,7 replacing bottles of hand sanitizer with self-contained, wall-mounted dispensers that are difficult for patients to remove might decrease the likelihood of ingestion.
Table
Alcohol content of hand sanitizers and beverages
| Product | Percentage of alcohol by volume |
|---|---|
| Beer | 5% alcohol8 |
| Wine | 12% alcohol8 |
| Distilled spirits | 40% alcohol8 |
| Purell Foaming Hand Sanitizer | 62% ethyl alcohol9 |
| Purell Instant Hand Sanitizer | 62% ethyl alcohol, 5% isopropanol by volume9 |
Disclosure
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. The Joint Commission National patient safety goals. http://www.jointcommission.org/standards_information/npsgs.aspx. Accessed December 8 2011.
2. Emadi A, Coberly L. Intoxication of a hospitalized patient with an isopropanol-based hand sanitizer. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(5):530-531.
3. Boyce JM, Pittet D. Guideline for hand hygiene in health-care settings: recommendations of the Healthcare Infection Control Practices Advisory Committee and the HICPAC/SHEA/APIC/IDSA Hand Hygiene Task Force. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 2002;23(12 suppl):S3-S40.
4. Bookstaver PB, Norris LB, Michels JE. Ingestion of hand sanitizer by a hospitalized patient with a history of alcohol abuse. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2008;65(23):2203-2204.
5. Doyon S, Welsh C. Intoxication of a prison inmate with an ethyl alcohol-based hand sanitizer. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(5):529-530.
6. Thanarajasingam G, Diedrich DA, Mueller PS. Intentional ingestion of ethanol-based hand sanitizer by a hospitalized patient with alcoholism. Mayo Clin Proc. 2007;82(10):1288-1289.
7. Weiner SG. Changing dispensers may prevent intoxication from isopropanol and ethyl alcohol-based hand sanitizers. Ann Emerg Med. 2007;50(4):486.-
8. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism What’s a “standard” drink? http://rethinkingdrinking.niaaa.nih.gov/WhatCountsDrink/WhatsAStandardDrink.asp. Accessed February 17, 2012.
9. GOJO Industries. Purell instant hand sanitizier. http://www.gojo.com/United-States/Brands/PURELL/MSDS.aspx. Accessed December 8, 2011.
10. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Generally Recognized as Safe (GRAS) notice inventory. http://www.fda.gov/Food/FoodIngredientsPackaging/GenerallyRecognizedasSafeGRAS/
GRASListings/default.htm. Accessed February 21, 2012.
11. The Cosmetic Ingredient Review Find ingredient reviews and documents. http://www.cir-safety.org/ingredients/glossary/all. Accessed February 21, 2012.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends that all health care professionals use an ethanol-based hand sanitizer to decontaminate their hands before and after direct contact with patients to prevent infection.1,2 As a result, many psychiatric hospitals use alcohol-based hand sanitizers as a primary infection control measure.
Patient misuse of these products as intoxicants has been reported in prisons, emergency rooms, and medical units.3-7 We report 2 cases of psychiatric inpatients who intentionally ingested alcohol-based hand sanitizers to become intoxicated; there were no permanent toxic effects in either case.
Case 1
Mr. F, age 52, is diagnosed with polysubstance dependence and bipolar disorder and hospitalized for acute exacerbation of mania characterized by unrestrained buying sprees, racing thoughts, grandiosity, and a persistently irritable mood. On day 3 of admission, he presents as stuporous and disorganized, with a strong odor of alcohol on his breath. He admits drinking an alcohol-based hand sanitizer foaming solution, an empty bottle of which is found in his room. His serum alcohol level is 176 mg/dL; the threshold concentration above which a person is considered legally drunk when operating a motor vehicle is 100 mg/dL. Other laboratory values, including urine toxicology, were negative.
Case 2
Mr. V, age 47, has schizophrenia, cocaine dependence, and antisocial personality disorder. He is admitted for command auditory hallucinations and a suicide attempt by overdose. On day 6 of hospitalization, staff members find him delirious and confused. Mr. V confesses to drinking an alcohol-based hand sanitizer solution for the past 3 days. His vital signs are stable, and his serum alcohol level is 142 mg/dL.
Limiting access
Hand sanitizer has a much higher alcohol concentration than several common alcoholic drinks Table8,9 Ethyl alcohol, the active ingredient in hand sanitizers, is responsible for the adverse effects seen in our patients; the inactive ingredients—glycerin, propylene glycol, tocopherol acetate, isopropyl myristate, and aminomethyl propanol—generally are recognized as safe by the FDA and the Cosmetic Ingredient Review Expert Panel.10,11 Although hospitals routinely restrict patients’ access to traditional forms of alcohol, hand sanitizer is easily accessible in many facilities. In our cases, having the alcohol-based sanitizer placed throughout the unit and readily available to patients made it easy for at-risk patients to become intoxicated. As suggested by Weiner,7 replacing bottles of hand sanitizer with self-contained, wall-mounted dispensers that are difficult for patients to remove might decrease the likelihood of ingestion.
Table
Alcohol content of hand sanitizers and beverages
| Product | Percentage of alcohol by volume |
|---|---|
| Beer | 5% alcohol8 |
| Wine | 12% alcohol8 |
| Distilled spirits | 40% alcohol8 |
| Purell Foaming Hand Sanitizer | 62% ethyl alcohol9 |
| Purell Instant Hand Sanitizer | 62% ethyl alcohol, 5% isopropanol by volume9 |
Disclosure
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends that all health care professionals use an ethanol-based hand sanitizer to decontaminate their hands before and after direct contact with patients to prevent infection.1,2 As a result, many psychiatric hospitals use alcohol-based hand sanitizers as a primary infection control measure.
Patient misuse of these products as intoxicants has been reported in prisons, emergency rooms, and medical units.3-7 We report 2 cases of psychiatric inpatients who intentionally ingested alcohol-based hand sanitizers to become intoxicated; there were no permanent toxic effects in either case.
Case 1
Mr. F, age 52, is diagnosed with polysubstance dependence and bipolar disorder and hospitalized for acute exacerbation of mania characterized by unrestrained buying sprees, racing thoughts, grandiosity, and a persistently irritable mood. On day 3 of admission, he presents as stuporous and disorganized, with a strong odor of alcohol on his breath. He admits drinking an alcohol-based hand sanitizer foaming solution, an empty bottle of which is found in his room. His serum alcohol level is 176 mg/dL; the threshold concentration above which a person is considered legally drunk when operating a motor vehicle is 100 mg/dL. Other laboratory values, including urine toxicology, were negative.
Case 2
Mr. V, age 47, has schizophrenia, cocaine dependence, and antisocial personality disorder. He is admitted for command auditory hallucinations and a suicide attempt by overdose. On day 6 of hospitalization, staff members find him delirious and confused. Mr. V confesses to drinking an alcohol-based hand sanitizer solution for the past 3 days. His vital signs are stable, and his serum alcohol level is 142 mg/dL.
Limiting access
Hand sanitizer has a much higher alcohol concentration than several common alcoholic drinks Table8,9 Ethyl alcohol, the active ingredient in hand sanitizers, is responsible for the adverse effects seen in our patients; the inactive ingredients—glycerin, propylene glycol, tocopherol acetate, isopropyl myristate, and aminomethyl propanol—generally are recognized as safe by the FDA and the Cosmetic Ingredient Review Expert Panel.10,11 Although hospitals routinely restrict patients’ access to traditional forms of alcohol, hand sanitizer is easily accessible in many facilities. In our cases, having the alcohol-based sanitizer placed throughout the unit and readily available to patients made it easy for at-risk patients to become intoxicated. As suggested by Weiner,7 replacing bottles of hand sanitizer with self-contained, wall-mounted dispensers that are difficult for patients to remove might decrease the likelihood of ingestion.
Table
Alcohol content of hand sanitizers and beverages
| Product | Percentage of alcohol by volume |
|---|---|
| Beer | 5% alcohol8 |
| Wine | 12% alcohol8 |
| Distilled spirits | 40% alcohol8 |
| Purell Foaming Hand Sanitizer | 62% ethyl alcohol9 |
| Purell Instant Hand Sanitizer | 62% ethyl alcohol, 5% isopropanol by volume9 |
Disclosure
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. The Joint Commission National patient safety goals. http://www.jointcommission.org/standards_information/npsgs.aspx. Accessed December 8 2011.
2. Emadi A, Coberly L. Intoxication of a hospitalized patient with an isopropanol-based hand sanitizer. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(5):530-531.
3. Boyce JM, Pittet D. Guideline for hand hygiene in health-care settings: recommendations of the Healthcare Infection Control Practices Advisory Committee and the HICPAC/SHEA/APIC/IDSA Hand Hygiene Task Force. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 2002;23(12 suppl):S3-S40.
4. Bookstaver PB, Norris LB, Michels JE. Ingestion of hand sanitizer by a hospitalized patient with a history of alcohol abuse. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2008;65(23):2203-2204.
5. Doyon S, Welsh C. Intoxication of a prison inmate with an ethyl alcohol-based hand sanitizer. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(5):529-530.
6. Thanarajasingam G, Diedrich DA, Mueller PS. Intentional ingestion of ethanol-based hand sanitizer by a hospitalized patient with alcoholism. Mayo Clin Proc. 2007;82(10):1288-1289.
7. Weiner SG. Changing dispensers may prevent intoxication from isopropanol and ethyl alcohol-based hand sanitizers. Ann Emerg Med. 2007;50(4):486.-
8. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism What’s a “standard” drink? http://rethinkingdrinking.niaaa.nih.gov/WhatCountsDrink/WhatsAStandardDrink.asp. Accessed February 17, 2012.
9. GOJO Industries. Purell instant hand sanitizier. http://www.gojo.com/United-States/Brands/PURELL/MSDS.aspx. Accessed December 8, 2011.
10. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Generally Recognized as Safe (GRAS) notice inventory. http://www.fda.gov/Food/FoodIngredientsPackaging/GenerallyRecognizedasSafeGRAS/
GRASListings/default.htm. Accessed February 21, 2012.
11. The Cosmetic Ingredient Review Find ingredient reviews and documents. http://www.cir-safety.org/ingredients/glossary/all. Accessed February 21, 2012.
1. The Joint Commission National patient safety goals. http://www.jointcommission.org/standards_information/npsgs.aspx. Accessed December 8 2011.
2. Emadi A, Coberly L. Intoxication of a hospitalized patient with an isopropanol-based hand sanitizer. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(5):530-531.
3. Boyce JM, Pittet D. Guideline for hand hygiene in health-care settings: recommendations of the Healthcare Infection Control Practices Advisory Committee and the HICPAC/SHEA/APIC/IDSA Hand Hygiene Task Force. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 2002;23(12 suppl):S3-S40.
4. Bookstaver PB, Norris LB, Michels JE. Ingestion of hand sanitizer by a hospitalized patient with a history of alcohol abuse. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2008;65(23):2203-2204.
5. Doyon S, Welsh C. Intoxication of a prison inmate with an ethyl alcohol-based hand sanitizer. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(5):529-530.
6. Thanarajasingam G, Diedrich DA, Mueller PS. Intentional ingestion of ethanol-based hand sanitizer by a hospitalized patient with alcoholism. Mayo Clin Proc. 2007;82(10):1288-1289.
7. Weiner SG. Changing dispensers may prevent intoxication from isopropanol and ethyl alcohol-based hand sanitizers. Ann Emerg Med. 2007;50(4):486.-
8. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism What’s a “standard” drink? http://rethinkingdrinking.niaaa.nih.gov/WhatCountsDrink/WhatsAStandardDrink.asp. Accessed February 17, 2012.
9. GOJO Industries. Purell instant hand sanitizier. http://www.gojo.com/United-States/Brands/PURELL/MSDS.aspx. Accessed December 8, 2011.
10. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Generally Recognized as Safe (GRAS) notice inventory. http://www.fda.gov/Food/FoodIngredientsPackaging/GenerallyRecognizedasSafeGRAS/
GRASListings/default.htm. Accessed February 21, 2012.
11. The Cosmetic Ingredient Review Find ingredient reviews and documents. http://www.cir-safety.org/ingredients/glossary/all. Accessed February 21, 2012.
Becoming PARTNERS in recovery-oriented care
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
Over the past 20 years, the recovery movement in mental health care has transformed the way in which clinicians and behavioral health agencies view and treat persons with serious mental illnesses. The New Freedom Commission on Mental Health defined recovery as “the process in which people are able to live, work, learn, and participate in their communities.” This process supports a clinical approach to psychiatric care that promotes opportunity, hope, and social inclusion.1 As professionals, “our primary interest should be to take the principles and concepts of [r]ecovery and to look at ways in which our practices and services could be orientated to facilitate [r]ecovery in the people who use them.”2
Drawing upon the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration’s core principles of a recovery-oriented approach,3 the mnemonic PARTNERS may help you recall key concepts to delivering and assessing recovery-oriented care.
Person-centered approaches recognize the patient’s unique gifts, strengths, needs, and cultural perspectives. Treatment is based upon the patient’s resiliencies, deficits, and personal goals, not just algorithms.
Autonomy emphasizes the patient’s right to determine his or her own destiny. It serves as the justification for the recovery maxim of “no decision about me, without me.”
Responsibility recognizes that the choices, decisions, and consequences about the type, amount, and frequency of care are a shared responsibility between physician and patient.
Transformational interactions and attitudes occur between the physician, the patient, and the system in a recovery-oriented model of care. The physician, patient, and agency are transformed into partners in the healing process.
Nonlinear concepts highlight the expectation that a patient’s pathway to recovery inevitably will be punctuated by personal gains, uneventful plateaus, and the occasional setback.
Empowerment is patients’ growing sense that they can speak openly and freely about their needs, hopes, and life goals, individually or through support and advocacy groups.
Respect is the bedrock value that defines the physician/patient relationship and ensures the absence of discrimination and stigmatization within behavioral health systems.
Strength-based approaches remind the physician that valuing and building upon the patient’s core strengths, talents, and positive attributes, rather than narrowly focusing on personal deficits, fuels the recovery process.
Disclosure
Dr. Christensen reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. President’s New Freedom Commission on Mental Health. Achieving the promise: transforming mental health care in America. Final report. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Administration; 2003.
2. South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and South West London and St. George’s Mental Health NHS Trust. Recovery is for all: hope, agency and opportunity in psychiatry. A position statement by consultant psychiatrists. London, United Kingdom: SLAM/SWLSTG; 2010.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. National consensus statement on mental health recovery. http://store.samhsa.gov/shin/content//SMA05-4129/SMA05-4129.pdf. Accessed February 24, 2012.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
Over the past 20 years, the recovery movement in mental health care has transformed the way in which clinicians and behavioral health agencies view and treat persons with serious mental illnesses. The New Freedom Commission on Mental Health defined recovery as “the process in which people are able to live, work, learn, and participate in their communities.” This process supports a clinical approach to psychiatric care that promotes opportunity, hope, and social inclusion.1 As professionals, “our primary interest should be to take the principles and concepts of [r]ecovery and to look at ways in which our practices and services could be orientated to facilitate [r]ecovery in the people who use them.”2
Drawing upon the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration’s core principles of a recovery-oriented approach,3 the mnemonic PARTNERS may help you recall key concepts to delivering and assessing recovery-oriented care.
Person-centered approaches recognize the patient’s unique gifts, strengths, needs, and cultural perspectives. Treatment is based upon the patient’s resiliencies, deficits, and personal goals, not just algorithms.
Autonomy emphasizes the patient’s right to determine his or her own destiny. It serves as the justification for the recovery maxim of “no decision about me, without me.”
Responsibility recognizes that the choices, decisions, and consequences about the type, amount, and frequency of care are a shared responsibility between physician and patient.
Transformational interactions and attitudes occur between the physician, the patient, and the system in a recovery-oriented model of care. The physician, patient, and agency are transformed into partners in the healing process.
Nonlinear concepts highlight the expectation that a patient’s pathway to recovery inevitably will be punctuated by personal gains, uneventful plateaus, and the occasional setback.
Empowerment is patients’ growing sense that they can speak openly and freely about their needs, hopes, and life goals, individually or through support and advocacy groups.
Respect is the bedrock value that defines the physician/patient relationship and ensures the absence of discrimination and stigmatization within behavioral health systems.
Strength-based approaches remind the physician that valuing and building upon the patient’s core strengths, talents, and positive attributes, rather than narrowly focusing on personal deficits, fuels the recovery process.
Disclosure
Dr. Christensen reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
Over the past 20 years, the recovery movement in mental health care has transformed the way in which clinicians and behavioral health agencies view and treat persons with serious mental illnesses. The New Freedom Commission on Mental Health defined recovery as “the process in which people are able to live, work, learn, and participate in their communities.” This process supports a clinical approach to psychiatric care that promotes opportunity, hope, and social inclusion.1 As professionals, “our primary interest should be to take the principles and concepts of [r]ecovery and to look at ways in which our practices and services could be orientated to facilitate [r]ecovery in the people who use them.”2
Drawing upon the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration’s core principles of a recovery-oriented approach,3 the mnemonic PARTNERS may help you recall key concepts to delivering and assessing recovery-oriented care.
Person-centered approaches recognize the patient’s unique gifts, strengths, needs, and cultural perspectives. Treatment is based upon the patient’s resiliencies, deficits, and personal goals, not just algorithms.
Autonomy emphasizes the patient’s right to determine his or her own destiny. It serves as the justification for the recovery maxim of “no decision about me, without me.”
Responsibility recognizes that the choices, decisions, and consequences about the type, amount, and frequency of care are a shared responsibility between physician and patient.
Transformational interactions and attitudes occur between the physician, the patient, and the system in a recovery-oriented model of care. The physician, patient, and agency are transformed into partners in the healing process.
Nonlinear concepts highlight the expectation that a patient’s pathway to recovery inevitably will be punctuated by personal gains, uneventful plateaus, and the occasional setback.
Empowerment is patients’ growing sense that they can speak openly and freely about their needs, hopes, and life goals, individually or through support and advocacy groups.
Respect is the bedrock value that defines the physician/patient relationship and ensures the absence of discrimination and stigmatization within behavioral health systems.
Strength-based approaches remind the physician that valuing and building upon the patient’s core strengths, talents, and positive attributes, rather than narrowly focusing on personal deficits, fuels the recovery process.
Disclosure
Dr. Christensen reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. President’s New Freedom Commission on Mental Health. Achieving the promise: transforming mental health care in America. Final report. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Administration; 2003.
2. South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and South West London and St. George’s Mental Health NHS Trust. Recovery is for all: hope, agency and opportunity in psychiatry. A position statement by consultant psychiatrists. London, United Kingdom: SLAM/SWLSTG; 2010.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. National consensus statement on mental health recovery. http://store.samhsa.gov/shin/content//SMA05-4129/SMA05-4129.pdf. Accessed February 24, 2012.
1. President’s New Freedom Commission on Mental Health. Achieving the promise: transforming mental health care in America. Final report. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Administration; 2003.
2. South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and South West London and St. George’s Mental Health NHS Trust. Recovery is for all: hope, agency and opportunity in psychiatry. A position statement by consultant psychiatrists. London, United Kingdom: SLAM/SWLSTG; 2010.
3. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. National consensus statement on mental health recovery. http://store.samhsa.gov/shin/content//SMA05-4129/SMA05-4129.pdf. Accessed February 24, 2012.
Using melatonin to reset the clock of hospitalized older patients
Helping hospitalized geriatric patients maintain an appropriate sleep-wake cycle can be a challenge. Older patients’ circadian rhythm may be affected by several factors—eg, obstructive sleep apnea and restless leg syndrome—that contribute to disrupted sleep and daytime fatigue. Some patients may have dementing illnesses that could dysregulate sleep. Many older patients experience delirium during hospitalization, of which sleep-wake cycle disturbances are a hallmark. Finally, geriatric patients’ natural sleep pattern often does not mimic a hospital’s typical schedule.
Sleep medication side effects
Medications used to promote sleep can cause side effects in geriatric patients. Benzodiazepine use by older adults is discouraged because these medications could cause falls or contribute to delirium. Non-benzodiazepine hypnotics such as zolpidem, zaleplon, and eszopiclone pose a similar risk. Medications containing diphenhydramine predispose patients to deliriogenic effects via their anticholinergic properties. Tricyclic antidepressants carry risks, such as delirium secondary to anticholinergic effects, orthostatic hypotension, falls from α-1 blockade, and cardiac arrythmias.
Atypical antipsychotics sometimes are used off-label to help initiate sleep, but they carry a “black-box” warning regarding sudden death from cardiovascular events in geriatric patients with dementia. Hydroxyzine and trazodone also are associated with side effects such as orthostatic hypotension and daytime sedation, and are not always effective.
Melatonin is a hormone secreted by the pineal gland in response to darkness, under the control of the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN), and is thought to promote sleep via synchronizing effects on the SCN.1 Melatonin is available as an over-the-counter dietary supplement and via prescription in dosages of 1 or 3 mg. The typical effective dose is 3 to 9 mg.1 Patients should take melatonin in the mid-evening, ideally between 7 pm and 8 pm, and effects become evident after a few days. Side effects are rare; the most common are headache and nausea. Daytime sedation and vivid dreams also have been reported. Melatonin can be used safely in conjunction with other sleep aids and its major drug-drug interactions involve enhancing the effects of other sedatives.2
We have found melatonin to be effective for treating sleep disturbances in older hospitalized patients. Its effectiveness may stem from the high incidence of dysregulated or calcified pineal glands in geriatric patients, which leads to a marked reduction in melatonin secretion.3 Recent evidence also suggests melatonin may reduce the incidence of delirium in older adults, and it has been proposed as a delirium treatment in post-operative and intensive care unit settings.4
Disclosure
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. de Jonghe A, Korevaar JC, van Munster BC, et al. Effectiveness of melatonin treatment on circadian rhythm disturbances in dementia. Are there implications for delirium? A systematic review. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2010;25(12):1201-1208.
2. Werneke U, Turner T, Priebe S. Complementary medicines in psychiatry: review of effectiveness and safety. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;188:109-121.
3. Schmid HA. Decreased melatonin biosynthesis calcium flux, pineal gland calcification and aging: a hypothetical framework. Gerontology. 1993;39(4):189-199.
4. Al-Aama T, Brymer C, Gutmanis I, et al. Melatonin decreases delirium in elderly patients: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2011;26(7):687-694.
Helping hospitalized geriatric patients maintain an appropriate sleep-wake cycle can be a challenge. Older patients’ circadian rhythm may be affected by several factors—eg, obstructive sleep apnea and restless leg syndrome—that contribute to disrupted sleep and daytime fatigue. Some patients may have dementing illnesses that could dysregulate sleep. Many older patients experience delirium during hospitalization, of which sleep-wake cycle disturbances are a hallmark. Finally, geriatric patients’ natural sleep pattern often does not mimic a hospital’s typical schedule.
Sleep medication side effects
Medications used to promote sleep can cause side effects in geriatric patients. Benzodiazepine use by older adults is discouraged because these medications could cause falls or contribute to delirium. Non-benzodiazepine hypnotics such as zolpidem, zaleplon, and eszopiclone pose a similar risk. Medications containing diphenhydramine predispose patients to deliriogenic effects via their anticholinergic properties. Tricyclic antidepressants carry risks, such as delirium secondary to anticholinergic effects, orthostatic hypotension, falls from α-1 blockade, and cardiac arrythmias.
Atypical antipsychotics sometimes are used off-label to help initiate sleep, but they carry a “black-box” warning regarding sudden death from cardiovascular events in geriatric patients with dementia. Hydroxyzine and trazodone also are associated with side effects such as orthostatic hypotension and daytime sedation, and are not always effective.
Melatonin is a hormone secreted by the pineal gland in response to darkness, under the control of the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN), and is thought to promote sleep via synchronizing effects on the SCN.1 Melatonin is available as an over-the-counter dietary supplement and via prescription in dosages of 1 or 3 mg. The typical effective dose is 3 to 9 mg.1 Patients should take melatonin in the mid-evening, ideally between 7 pm and 8 pm, and effects become evident after a few days. Side effects are rare; the most common are headache and nausea. Daytime sedation and vivid dreams also have been reported. Melatonin can be used safely in conjunction with other sleep aids and its major drug-drug interactions involve enhancing the effects of other sedatives.2
We have found melatonin to be effective for treating sleep disturbances in older hospitalized patients. Its effectiveness may stem from the high incidence of dysregulated or calcified pineal glands in geriatric patients, which leads to a marked reduction in melatonin secretion.3 Recent evidence also suggests melatonin may reduce the incidence of delirium in older adults, and it has been proposed as a delirium treatment in post-operative and intensive care unit settings.4
Disclosure
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Helping hospitalized geriatric patients maintain an appropriate sleep-wake cycle can be a challenge. Older patients’ circadian rhythm may be affected by several factors—eg, obstructive sleep apnea and restless leg syndrome—that contribute to disrupted sleep and daytime fatigue. Some patients may have dementing illnesses that could dysregulate sleep. Many older patients experience delirium during hospitalization, of which sleep-wake cycle disturbances are a hallmark. Finally, geriatric patients’ natural sleep pattern often does not mimic a hospital’s typical schedule.
Sleep medication side effects
Medications used to promote sleep can cause side effects in geriatric patients. Benzodiazepine use by older adults is discouraged because these medications could cause falls or contribute to delirium. Non-benzodiazepine hypnotics such as zolpidem, zaleplon, and eszopiclone pose a similar risk. Medications containing diphenhydramine predispose patients to deliriogenic effects via their anticholinergic properties. Tricyclic antidepressants carry risks, such as delirium secondary to anticholinergic effects, orthostatic hypotension, falls from α-1 blockade, and cardiac arrythmias.
Atypical antipsychotics sometimes are used off-label to help initiate sleep, but they carry a “black-box” warning regarding sudden death from cardiovascular events in geriatric patients with dementia. Hydroxyzine and trazodone also are associated with side effects such as orthostatic hypotension and daytime sedation, and are not always effective.
Melatonin is a hormone secreted by the pineal gland in response to darkness, under the control of the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN), and is thought to promote sleep via synchronizing effects on the SCN.1 Melatonin is available as an over-the-counter dietary supplement and via prescription in dosages of 1 or 3 mg. The typical effective dose is 3 to 9 mg.1 Patients should take melatonin in the mid-evening, ideally between 7 pm and 8 pm, and effects become evident after a few days. Side effects are rare; the most common are headache and nausea. Daytime sedation and vivid dreams also have been reported. Melatonin can be used safely in conjunction with other sleep aids and its major drug-drug interactions involve enhancing the effects of other sedatives.2
We have found melatonin to be effective for treating sleep disturbances in older hospitalized patients. Its effectiveness may stem from the high incidence of dysregulated or calcified pineal glands in geriatric patients, which leads to a marked reduction in melatonin secretion.3 Recent evidence also suggests melatonin may reduce the incidence of delirium in older adults, and it has been proposed as a delirium treatment in post-operative and intensive care unit settings.4
Disclosure
The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
1. de Jonghe A, Korevaar JC, van Munster BC, et al. Effectiveness of melatonin treatment on circadian rhythm disturbances in dementia. Are there implications for delirium? A systematic review. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2010;25(12):1201-1208.
2. Werneke U, Turner T, Priebe S. Complementary medicines in psychiatry: review of effectiveness and safety. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;188:109-121.
3. Schmid HA. Decreased melatonin biosynthesis calcium flux, pineal gland calcification and aging: a hypothetical framework. Gerontology. 1993;39(4):189-199.
4. Al-Aama T, Brymer C, Gutmanis I, et al. Melatonin decreases delirium in elderly patients: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2011;26(7):687-694.
1. de Jonghe A, Korevaar JC, van Munster BC, et al. Effectiveness of melatonin treatment on circadian rhythm disturbances in dementia. Are there implications for delirium? A systematic review. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2010;25(12):1201-1208.
2. Werneke U, Turner T, Priebe S. Complementary medicines in psychiatry: review of effectiveness and safety. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;188:109-121.
3. Schmid HA. Decreased melatonin biosynthesis calcium flux, pineal gland calcification and aging: a hypothetical framework. Gerontology. 1993;39(4):189-199.
4. Al-Aama T, Brymer C, Gutmanis I, et al. Melatonin decreases delirium in elderly patients: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2011;26(7):687-694.
Premenstrual dysphoric disorder: How to alleviate her suffering
Approximately 75% of women experience a premenstrual change in emotional or physical symptoms commonly referred to as premenstrual syndrome (PMS). These symptoms—including increased irritability, tension, depressed mood, and somatic complaints such as breast tenderness and bloating—often are mild to moderate and cause minimal distress.1 However, approximately 3% to 9% of women experience moderate to severe premenstrual mood symptoms that meet criteria for premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD).2
PMDD includes depressed or labile mood, anxiety, irritability, anger, insomnia, difficulty concentrating, and other symptoms that occur exclusively during the 2 weeks before menses and cause significant deterioration in daily functioning. Women with PMDD use general and mental health services more often than women without the condition.3 They may experience impairment in marital and parental relationships as severe as that experienced by women with recurrent or chronic major depression.2
PMDD often responds to treatment. Unfortunately, many women with PMDD do not seek treatment, and up to 90% may go undiagnosed.4 In this article, we review the prevalence, etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of PMDD.
A complex disorder
A distinguishing characteristic of PMDD is the timing of symptom onset. In women with PMDD, mood symptoms occur only during the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle (ovulation until onset of menses) and resolve after menstruation onset. Women with PMDD report normal mood and functioning during the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle (first day of the menstrual cycle until ovulation).
Although PMS and PMDD criteria share affective and somatic symptoms, more symptoms are required for a PMDD diagnosis, and symptoms often are more severe.5 As defined in DSM-IV-TR (Table),6 PMDD has a broader range of symptoms than PMS and includes symptoms not included in the American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology criteria for PMS,7 such as impaired concentration, appetite, and sleep (hypersomnia or insomnia); and mood lability. PMDD symptoms must occur only during the 2 weeks preceding menses, although on average symptoms last 6 days and severity usually peaks in the 2 days before menses.1 The prevalence of subthreshold PMDD is fairly common; approximately 19% of women will meet some—but not all—DSM-IV-TR criteria for PMDD.3
In a revision proposed for DSM-5, PMDD would be included as a mood disorder, which represents a significant change from DSM-IV-TR, where it is listed in the appendix as “research criteria.”8 In addition, in oral contraceptive users, a PMDD diagnosis should not be made unless the premenstrual symptoms are reported to be present and as severe when the woman is not taking the oral contraceptive.8
Comorbidity with other axis I disorders such as major depressive disorder (MDD), bipolar disorder (BD), and anxiety disorders is high.9-11 Women with an MDD history have the highest correlation with PMDD,9 and worsening premenstrual mood symptoms are more common in women with BD.12 Payne et al11 found that premenstrual symptoms were reported by twice as many women diagnosed with mood disorders (68%) than women without a psychiatric diagnosis (34%). Moreover, 38% to 46% of women with PMDD have comorbid seasonal affective disorder, and 11% to 38% report a comorbid anxiety disorder.12 Women with PMDD and a history of MDD have lower cortisol concentrations than non-PMDD women.10 Although interventions for PMDD and a comorbid axis I disorder may be similar, it is important to consider both when planning treatment.
Abuse, trauma, and PMDD. An association between PMS/PMDD and a history of sexual and physical abuse is well-documented.13 Studies have reported abuse histories among almost 60% of women with PMDD,14 although studies comparing abuse and trauma in PMDD vs non-PMDD women have been small. A recent study found that trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder are independently associated with PMDD and premenstrual symptoms.15
Evidence suggests that a history of abuse is associated with specific biological sequelae in PMDD women, particularly with respect to hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis measures and noradrenergic activity.16-18 Women with PMDD and a history of sexual abuse show:
- markedly elevated triiodothyronine (T3) concentrations (the more biologically potent thyroid hormone) that appear to result from increased conversion of thyroxine (T4) to T316
- lower circulating plasma norepinephrine concentrations17
- greater resting and stress-induced heart rates and systolic blood pressure compared with non-abused PMDD women, an effect that is eliminated by clonidine (an α-2 adrenergic receptor agonist).18
One study showed that PMDD women with abuse histories had higher blood pressure measurements at rest and during stress and exhibited greater vascular tone than non-abused women; these effects were not seen in non-PMDD women with similar abuse histories.14 This body of evidence is consistent with the concept that PMDD is a stress-related disorder,19 and that a history of abuse is prevalent and may identify a clinically distinct subgroup of PMDD women with respect to thyroid axis and adrenergic physiology. Screening PMDD patients for abuse histories may help manage the disorder.
For a discussion of the etiology of PMDD, see Box 1.
Table
DSM-IV-TR research criteria for PMDD
|
| Source: Reference 6 |
Although questions remain about the pathogenesis of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), literature documents the role of gonadal steroids (estrogen and progesterone) in the etiology of premenstrual syndrome (PMS)/PMDD and suggests that women with PMDD are differentially sensitive to the normal physiologic fluctuations of gonadal hormones throughout the menstrual cycle.a
The first half of the menstrual cycle—the follicular phase—begins with increasing levels of follicular stimulating hormone (FSH) leading to maturity of the ovarian follicle. Once the follicle is ripe, the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle begins with a surge in luteinizing hormone (LH), which results in ovulation of the mature follicle, followed by increased secretion of progesterone, followed by increased estrogen secretion. The system is regulated via negative feedback, and high levels of progesterone decrease gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) pulse frequency, which leads to decreased secretion of FSH and LH, and subsequent decline of estrogen and progesterone. If the ovarian follicle is not fertilized, menstruation begins and FSH levels rise again, initiating the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle.
Fluctuations in reproductive steroid levels have been implicated in the etiology of PMDD from studies showing that oophorectomy and ovulation inhibitors (GnRH agonists) relieve symptoms.b Some researchers proposed that symptoms are related to the drop of progesterone in the late luteal phase; however, many women have symptoms that start at ovulation or during the early luteal phase before the fall in progesterone concentrations.c PMS symptoms may occur independently of the mid-to-late luteal phase.d Because production of gonadal steroids does not differ between women with or without PMS or PMDD,e it may be that follicular or periovulatory changes in levels of estradiol or progesterone secretion trigger symptoms of PMDD in susceptible women, while women without PMDD appear to be immune to these effects of gonadal steroids. This idea is supported by a study showing that pharmacologic induction of a hypogonadal state eliminates symptoms in most women with severe PMS, while “adding back” estrogen or progesterone within the context of hypogonadism elicits return of PMS symptoms in those with PMS but not in controls.a
Abnormalities in serotonin levels also may contribute to PMDD.f In 1 study, a serotonin receptor antagonist precipitated return of symptoms within 24 hours of administration in women with PMDD but not in controls.g PMDD symptoms also can be evoked by depleting the serotonin precursor tryptophan.h When women with PMDD received paroxetine at different phases of their menstrual cycle, they showed fluctuations in serotonergic function across their cycles; these fluctuations were not seen in controls.i Other neurotransmitters implicated in PMDD include γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA),j glutamate,k lower levels of cortisol and beta-endorphins,l and an abnormal stress response.m
Other studies have focused on differing concentrations of luteal phase hormonesn and gene associations. Two studies suggested that PMDD is heritableo,p and other studies have looked at the association between specific psychological traits that are more prominent in PMDD and single nucleotide polymorphisms in the estrogen receptor alpha gene.q,r
Thyroid hormones also may play a role in the etiology of PMS/PMDD. Thyroid function tests have shown greater variability in women with PMS vs controls,s although this variability appears to be limited to women with a sexual abuse history.t Other studies have evaluated hormones regulated across the circadian and sleep-wake cycles, including melatonin, cortisol, thyroid-stimulating hormone, and prolactin, which suggests that although levels of these hormones may not differ between women with PMDD and controls, the timing of their excretion may vary.s Additionally, women with PMDD are characterized by prefrontal brain asymmetry on electroencephalography that also is evident in patients with major depressive disorder.u
There also may be dysregulation of allopregnanolone (ALLO) in women with PMDD.v,w ALLO is a metabolite of progesterone that is a neurosteroid produced in the brain as well as in the ovary and adrenals.v It produces anxiolytic effects by acting as a modulator of GABA receptors.x In PMDD, ALLO levels may influence the severity of premenstrual symptoms.w
References
- Schmidt PJ, Nieman LK, Danaceau MA, et al. Differential behavioral effects of gonadal steroids in women with and in those without premenstrual syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1998;338(4):209-216.
- Muse KN, Cetel NS, Futterman LA, et al. The premenstrual syndrome. Effects of “medical ovariectomy.” N Engl J Med. 1984;311(21):1345-1349.
- Yonkers KA, O’Brien PM, Eriksson E. Premenstrual syndrome. Lancet. 2008;371(9619):1200-1210.
- Schmidt PJ, Nieman LK, Grover GN, et al. Lack of effect of induced menses on symptoms in women with premenstrual syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1991;324(17):1174-1179.
- Rubinow DR, Schmidt PJ. The neuroendocrinology of menstrual cycle mood disorders. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 1995;771:648-659.
- Steiner M, Pearlstein T. Premenstrual dysphoria and the serotonin system: pathophysiology and treatment. J Clin Psychiatry. 2000;61(suppl 12):17-21.
- Roca CA, Schmidt PJ, Smith MJ, et al. Effects of metergoline on symptoms in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(11):1876-1881.
- Menkes DB, Coates DC, Fawcett JP. Acute tryptophan depletion aggravates premenstrual syndrome. J Affect Disord. 1994;32(1):37-44.
- Inoue Y, Terao T, Iwata N, et al. Fluctuating serotonergic function in premenstrual dysphoric disorder and premenstrual syndrome: findings from neuroendocrine challenge tests. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2007;190(2):213-219.
- Epperson CN, Haga K, Mason GF, et al. Cortical gamma-aminobutyric acid levels across the menstrual cycle in healthy women and those with premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2002;59(9):851-858.
- Batra NA, Seres-Mailo J, Hanstock C, et al. Proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy measurement of brain glutamate levels in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2008;63(12):1178-1184.
- Straneva PA, Maixner W, Light KC, et al. Menstrual cycle, beta-endorphins, and pain sensitivity in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Health Psychol. 2002;21(4):358-367.
- Epperson CN, Pittman B, Czarkowski KA, et al. Luteal-phase accentuation of acoustic startle response in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2007;32(10):2190-2198.
- Thys-Jacobs S, McMahon D, Bilezikian JP. Differences in free estradiol and sex hormone-binding globulin in women with and without premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2008;93(1):96-102.
- Payne JL, Klein SR, Zamoiski RB, et al. Premenstrual mood symptoms: study of familiality and personality correlates in mood disorder pedigrees. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2009;12(1):27-34.
- Kendler KS, Karkowski LM, Corey LA, et al. Longitudinal population-based twin study of retrospectively reported premenstrual symptoms and lifetime major depression. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155(9):1234-1240.
- Miller A, Vo H, Huo L, et al. Estrogen receptor alpha (ESR-1) associations with psychological traits in women with PMDD and controls. J Psychiatr Res. 2010;44(12):788-794.
- Huo L, Straub RE, Roca C, et al. Risk for premenstrual dysphoric disorder is associated with genetic variation in ESR1, the estrogen receptor alpha gene. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;62(8):925-933.
- Girdler SS, Pedersen CA, Light KC. Thyroid axis function during the menstrual cycle in women with premenstrual syndrome. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 1995;20(4):395-403.
- Girdler SS, Thompson KS, Light KC, et al. Historical sexual abuse and current thyroid axis profiles in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(3):403-410.
- Accortt EE, Stewart JL, Coan JA, et al. Prefrontal brain asymmetry and pre-menstrual dysphoric disorder symptomatology. J Affect Disord. 2011;128(1-2):178-183.
- Paul SM, Purdy RH. Neuroactive steroids. FASEB J. 1992;6(6):2311-2322.
- Girdler SS, Straneva PA, Light KC, et al. Allopregnanolone levels and reactivity to mental stress in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2001;49(9):788-797.
- Brot MD, Akwa Y, Purdy RH, et al. The anxiolytic-like effects of the neurosteroid allopregnanolone: interactions with GABA(A) receptors. Eur J Pharmacol. 1997;325(1):1-7.
Mood charting aids diagnosis
A PMDD diagnosis requires prospective daily monitoring of symptoms for ≥2 consecutive months. Because only 25% to 35% of women who present with PMDD meet diagnostic criteria when prospective daily monitoring is used,20 it is important for patients to keep a daily diary of PMDD symptoms to distinguish the disorder from PMS (Box 2). The Prospective Record of the Impact and Severity of Premenstrual Symptoms calendar and the Daily Record of Severity of Problems (DRSPP)21 may help make the diagnosis.
The widely used DRSPP allows clinicians to quantify the severity of physical, emotional, and behavioral symptoms and may be the easiest to use in clinical practice because it creates a graphic representation of cyclical symptom changes. The DRSPP includes all PMDD symptoms and severity ratings21 and is recognized as a valid instrument for diagnosing PMDD. Another option is a revised visual analogue scale. Lastly, a new revised Premenstrual Tension Syndrome (PMTS) rating scale, which combines the PMTS Observer rating scale plus multiple visual analogue scales, shows promise as a tool to assess PMDD symptoms.
To distinguish premenstrual syndrome (PMS) from premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), premenstrual exacerbation of an underlying psychiatric disorder, general medical conditions, or other disorders with no association to the menstrual cycle, it is necessary to have patients conduct daily symptom charting over 2 menstrual cycles. This charting should include documentation of emotional, behavioral, and physical symptoms. PMDD can be differentiated from PMS by the severity and number of symptoms. In PMDD, 1 of the symptoms must be a mood disturbance (depressed, anxious, labile, and/or irritable). For a sample form used for PMDD charting, the Daily Record of Severity of Problems, see http://pmdd.factsforhealth.org/drsp/drsp_month.pdf.
Treatment options
Hormonal interventions. Attempts to treat PMS with progesterone during the luteal phase have been largely unsuccessful, although progesterone is approved to treat PMS in the United Kingdom. Long-acting gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) agonists are effective but result in medical menopause with its accompanying symptoms, which puts women at risk for osteoporosis.22 Approximately 60% to 70% of women with PMDD respond to leuprolide (a GnRH agonist), but it is difficult to predict who will respond; daily mood self-ratings of sadness, anxiety, and irritability predict a positive response to leuprolide with high probability.23 Side effects of GnRH agonists (hot flashes, night sweats, vaginal dryness, etc.) can be tempered by “adding back” some estrogen with a hormonal agent with progestational activity to reduce the risks of unopposed estrogen (ie, endometrial hyperplasia).24
Surgical bilateral oophorectomy is effective but extremely invasive, especially in younger women in whom removal of ovaries generally is inadvisable. Patients should receive a trial of a GnRH agonist before a surgical intervention, because oophorectomy may not reduce symptoms and is irreversible. Oophorectomy also would require hormone replacement therapy.
High-dose estrogen as transdermal patches or subcutaneous implants to inhibit ovulation is effective, but because of the risks of unopposed estrogen, a progestin would be needed. Risks of estrogen therapy (alone and in combination with progestins) include increased risk of endometrial cancer, coronary heart disease, breast cancer, stroke, and pulmonary embolism.25 Danazol, a synthetic androgen and gonadotropin inhibitor, effectively blocks ovulation, but side effects include hirsutism and possible teratogenicity.26 Although these hormonal manipulations may effectively treat PMDD, none are considered practical.
The use of combined oral contraceptives (estrogen and progestin) is common. Although continuous cycle oral contraceptives often are recommended for PMDD, limited evidence supports their use; studies have been mostly negative.27,28 A recent review of 4 studies of a continuous oral contraceptive (levonorgestrel 90 mcg/ethinyl estradiol 20 mcg) for PMDD and PMS had more promising results, although the results were highly variable among studies and a large placebo effect was observed.29
A combination oral contraceptive, drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol, is FDA-approved for treating PMDD in women seeking hormonal contraception because it has shown efficacy compared with placebo, with reported improvements in perceived productivity, social activities, and interpersonal relationships.30 The nature of hormone delivery (ie, a reduction in the pill-free interval from 7 to 4 days) in drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol may contribute to its efficacy because a reduced pill-free interval minimizes the degree of follicular recruitment and subsequent estrogen production and cyclicity seen with standard oral contraceptive.31
Antidepressants have been shown to effectively ameliorate affective and physical symptoms and improve quality of life and psychosocial function in patients with PMS and PMDD. The response rates for selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) in PMDD treatment vary from 60% to 90%, vs 30% to 40% for placebo.32 A 2009 Cochrane review found SSRIs reduced premenstrual symptoms compared with placebo.33 However, a literature review suggested that the percentage of women with PMDD who respond to SSRIs or continuous oral contraceptives is lower than the percentage of women who do not respond at all, once the placebo effect is taken into account, and that approximately 40% of women with PMDD do not respond to SSRIs.34 A small study found that citalopram may be effective for women with PMDD who did not respond to a prior SSRI.35
However, only antidepressants that affect serotonergic—not noradrenergic—transmission are effective in PMDD.22 These include:
- the tricyclic antidepressant clomipramine
- the SSRIs citalopram, escitalopram, fluoxetine, paroxetine, and sertraline
- the serotonin-noradrenergic reuptake inhibitor venlafaxine.
It appears that in PMDD, serotonergic agents play a role other than their antidepressant effect.36 The effect of these agents is rapid in PMS/PMDD; women with PMDD who take antidepressants often experience reduced symptoms within the first menstrual cycle, whereas in MDD the onset of action can take weeks or months.37
Although why onset of antidepressant action is quick in PMDD is unclear, rapid onset allows for several dosing options. Some women prefer continuous dosing throughout the month because they do not have to keep track of ovulation. Dosing antidepressants only in the luteal phase (taking the antidepressant from ovulation onset to the start of menses) is an effective treatment strategy.38 Many women prefer to take medication for only 2 weeks per month, which can decrease side effects and lower treatment costs. Alternatively, symptom-onset dosing—initiating the antidepressant when PMDD symptoms begin and stopping at menses onset or within 3 days thereafter—has shown promising results.39,40 Paroxetine, sertraline, and fluoxetine are FDA-approved for PMDD as continuous or intermittent regimens, although using fluoxetine intermittently may not make sense because its biologically active metabolite has an extended half-life.37
Other treatments. Dietary interventions, psychotherapy, vitamins, bright light treatment, and spironolactone have been assessed for PMS/PMDD, although for many evidence-based findings are lacking (Box 3).
See the Bibliography below for studies that support using antidepressants to treat PMDD
Two reviews of 10 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) that evaluated 62 herbs, vitamins, and mineral treatments for premenstrual symptoms found efficacy for chasteberry (Vitex agnus-castus), calcium, and vitamin B6 but not for primrose oil, magnesium oxide, or St. John’s wort.a,b A study comparing fluoxetine with chasteberry found a similar percentage of patients responded to either agent (68% vs 58%, respectively).c Another study showed calcium resulted in a 48% reduction in premenstrual symptoms from baseline, compared with a 30% reduction with placebo.d Bright light treatment significantly reduced depression ratings in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD).e Compared with placebo, the aldosterone antagonist spironolactone improved irritability, depression, feelings of swelling, breast tenderness, and food craving in women with premenstrual syndrome (PMS).f
A recent systematic review of 7 trials of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for PMDD, including 3 RCTs, showed a lack of a statistically significant effect.g However, a separate review of RCTs of alternative treatments for PMDD—5 of which included CBT—suggested that CBT may be beneficial in reducing premenstrual symptoms, but the evidence was low quality.h
References
- Dante G, Facchinetti F. Herbal treatments for alleviating premenstrual symptoms: a systematic review. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol. 2011;32(1):42-51.
- Whelan AM, Jurgens TM, Naylor H. Herbs, vitamins and minerals in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome: a systematic review. Can J Clin Pharmacol. 2009;16(3):e407-e429.
- Atmaca M, Kumru S, Tezcan E. Fluoxetine versus Vitex agnus castus extract in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Hum Psychopharmacol. 2003;18(3):191-195.
- Thys-Jacobs S, Starkey P, Bernstein D, et al. Calcium carbonate and the premenstrual syndrome: effects on premenstrual and menstrual symptoms. Premenstrual Syndrome Study Group. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1998;179(2):444-452.
- Parry BL, Berga SL, Mostofi N, et al. Morning versus evening bright light treatment of late luteal phase dysphoric disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1989;146(9):1215-1217.
- Wang M, Hammarbäck S, Lindhe BA, et al. Treatment of premenstrual syndrome by spironolactone: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand. 1995;74(10):803-808.
- Lustyk MK, Gerrish WG, Shaver S, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a systematic review. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2009;12(2):85-96.
- Busse JW, Montori VM, Krasnik C, et al. Psychological intervention for premenstrual syndrome: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Psychother Psychosom. 2009;78(1):6-15.
Cohen LS, Miner C, Brown EW, et al. Premenstrual daily fluoxetine for premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a placebo-controlled, clinical trial using computerized diaries. Obstet Gynecol. 2002;100(3):435-444.
Eriksson E, Ekman A, Sinclair S, et al. Escitalopram administered in the luteal phase exerts a marked and dose-dependent effect in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2008;28(2):195-202.
Eriksson E, Hedberg MA, Andersch B, et al. The serotonin reuptake inhibitor paroxetin is superior to the noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor maprotiline in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1995;12(2):167-176.
Menkes DB, Taghavi E, Mason PA, et al. Fluoxetine treatment of severe premenstrual syndrome. BMJ. 1992;305(6849):346-347.
Miner C, Brown E, McCray S, et al. Weekly luteal-phase dosing with enteric-coated fluoxetine 90 mg in premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Clin Ther. 2002;24(3):417-433.
Ozeren S, Corakçi A, Yücesoy I, et al. Fluoxetine in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 1997;73(2):167-170.
Pearlstein TB, Stone AB, Lund SA, et al. Comparison of fluoxetine, bupropion, and placebo in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17(4):261-266.
Ravindran LN, Woods SA, Steiner M, et al. Symptom-onset dosing with citalopram in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD): a case series. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2007;10(3):125-127.
Steiner M, Brown E, Trzepacz P, et al. Fluoxetine improves functional work capacity in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2003;6(1):71-77.
Stone AB, Pearlstein TB, Brown WA. Fluoxetine in the treatment of late luteal phase dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 1991;52(7):290-293.
Sundblad C, Hedberg MA, Eriksson E. Clomipramine administered during the luteal phase reduces the symptoms of premenstrual syndrome: a placebo-controlled trial. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1993;9(2):133-145.
Sundblad C, Modigh K, Andersch B, et al. Clomipramine effectively reduces premenstrual irritability and dysphoria: a placebo-controlled trial. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1992;85(1):39-47.
Su TP, Schmidt PJ, Danaceau MA, et al. Fluoxetine in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoria. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1997; 16(5):346-356.
Wikander I, Sundblad C, Andersch B, et al. Citalopram in premenstrual dysphoria: is intermittent treatment during luteal phases more effective than continuous medication throughout the menstrual cycle? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1998;18(5):390-398.
Treatment selection
To enhance compliance and improve the likelihood of successful treatment, tailor treatment decisions to your patient’s needs. Carefully discuss with your patient the evidence-based literature to select the best option for her. Factors to consider when counseling patients include:
- the patient’s age, cigarette smoking habits, and body mass index, which may contraindicate oral contraceptives
- does the patient have regular cycle lengths?
- can she adhere to an on-off schedule? If so, intermittent SSRI dosing may be a good treatment option
- does the patient have irregular cycles?
- is there evidence that symptoms persist into the follicular phase, albeit at a lower level? If so, continuous SSRI dosing may be the best option.
Related Resources
- American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 development: D 04 Premenstrual dysphoric disorder. www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/pages/proposedrevision.aspx?rid=484.
Drug Brand Names
- Citalopram • Celexa
- Clomipramine • Anafranil
- Clonidine • Catapres, others
- Danazol • Danocrine
- Drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol • Yaz
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Leuprolide • Lupron
- Levonorgestrel/ethinyl estradiol • Seasonale, others
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Progesterone • Prometrium
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Spironolactone • Aldactone
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosures
Drs. Wakil and Girdler report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products
Dr. Meltzer-Brody receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, The Foundation of Hope, and the National Institutes of Health.
1. Yonkers KA, O’Brien PM, Eriksson E. Premenstrual syndrome. Lancet. 2008;371(9619):1200-1210.
2. Halbreich U, Borenstein J, Pearlstein T, et al. The prevalence, impairment, impact and burden of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMS/PMDD). Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2008;28(suppl 3):1-23.
3. Wittchen HU, Becker E, Lieb R, et al. Prevalence, incidence and stability of premenstrual dysphoric disorder in the community. Psychol Med. 2002;32(1):119-132.
4. Hylan TR, Sundell K, Judge R. The impact of premenstrual symptomatology on functioning and treatment-seeking behavior: experience from the United States United Kingdom, and France. J Womens Health Gend Based Med. 1999;8(8):1043-1052.
5. Biggs WS, Demuth RH. Premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Am Fam Physician. 2011;84(8):918-924.
6. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
7. ACOG Practice Bulletin. Clinical management guidelines for obstetrician-gynecologists. Number 15 April 2000. Premenstrual syndrome. Obstet Gynecol. 2000;95:1-9.
8. American Psychiatric Association. Proposed draft revisions to DSM disorders and criteria. DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/Pages/Default.aspx. Accessed February 23 2012.
9. Yonkers KA. The association between premenstrual dysphoric disorder and other mood disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 1997;58(suppl 15):19-25.
10. Klatzkin RR, Lindgren ME, Forneris CA, et al. Histories of major depression and premenstrual dysphoric disorder: evidence for phenotypic differences. Biol Psychol. 2010;84(2):235-247.
11. Payne JL, Roy PS, Murphy-Eberenz K, et al. Reproductive cycle-associated mood symptoms in women with major depression and bipolar disorder. J Affect Disord. 2007;99(1-3):221-229.
12. Kim DR, Gyulai L, Freeman EW, et al. Premenstrual dysphoric disorder and psychiatric co-morbidity. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2004;7(1):37-47.
13. Golding JM, Taylor DL, Menard L, et al. Prevalence of sexual abuse history in a sample of women seeking treatment for premenstrual syndrome. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol. 2000;21(2):69-80.
14. Girdler SS, Leserman J, Bunevicius R, et al. Persistent alterations in biological profiles in women with abuse histories: influence of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Health Psychol. 2007;26(2):201-213.
15. Pilver CE, Levy BR, Libby DJ, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder and trauma characteristics are correlates of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2011;14(5):383-393.
16. Girdler SS, Thompson KS, Light KC, et al. Historical sexual abuse and current thyroid axis profiles in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(3):403-410.
17. Girdler SS, Sherwood A, Hinderliter AL, et al. Biological correlates of abuse in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder and healthy controls. Psychosom Med. 2003;65(5):849-856.
18. Bunevicius R, Hinderliter AL, Light KC, et al. Histories of sexual abuse are associated with differential effects of clonidine on autonomic function in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychol. 2005;69(3):281-296.
19. Perkonigg A, Yonkers KA, Pfister H, et al. Risk factors for premenstrual dysphoric disorder in a community sample of young women: the role of traumatic events and posttraumatic stress disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(10):1314-1322.
20. Girdler SS, Pedersen CA, Stern RA, et al. Menstrual cycle and premenstrual syndrome: modifiers of cardiovascular reactivity in women. Health Psychol. 1993;12(3):180-192.
21. Endicott J, Nee J, Harrison W. Daily Record of Severity of Problems (DRSP): reliability and validity. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2006;9(1):41-49.
22. Cunningham J, Yonkers KA, O’Brien S, et al. Update on research and treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2009;17(2):120-137.
23. Pincus SM, Alam S, Rubinow DR, et al. Predicting response to leuprolide of women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder by daily mood rating dynamics. J Psychiatr Res. 2011;45(3):386-394.
24. Wyatt KM, Dimmock PW, Ismail KM, et al. The effectiveness of GnRHa with and without ‘add-back’ therapy in treating premenstrual syndrome: a meta analysis. BJOG. 2004;111(6):585-593.
25. Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL, et al. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results from the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2002;288(3):321-333.
26. Hahn PM, Van Vugt DA, Reid RL. A randomized placebo-controlled, crossover trial of danazol for the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 1995;20(2):193-209.
27. Bancroft J, Rennie D. The impact of oral contraceptives on the experience of perimenstrual mood clumsiness, food craving and other symptoms. J Psychosom Res. 1993;37(2):195-202.
28. Graham CA, Sherwin BB. A prospective treatment study of premenstrual symptoms using a triphasic oral contraceptive. J Psychosom Res. 1992;36(3):257-266.
29. Freeman EW, Halbreich U, Grubb GS, et al. An overview of four studies of a continuous oral contraceptive (levonorgestrel 90 mcg/ethinyl estradiol 20 mcg) on premenstrual dysphoric disorder and premenstrual syndrome [published online ahead of print December 5, 2011]. Contraception. doi: 10.1016/j.contraception.2011.09.010.
30. Lopez LM, Kaptein AA, Helmerhorst FM. Oral contraceptives containing drospirenone for premenstrual syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD006586.
31. Sullivan H, Furniss H, Spona J, et al. Effect of 21-day and 24-day oral contraceptive regimens containing gestodene (60 microg) andethinyl estradiol (15 microg) on ovarian activity. Fertil Steril. 1999;72(1):115-120.
32. Yonkers KA, Clark RH, Trivedi MH. The psychopharmacological treatment of nonmajor mood disorders. Mod Probl Pharmacopsychiatry. 1997;25:146-166.
33. Brown J, O’Brien PM, Marjoribanks J, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for premenstrual syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD001396.
34. Halbreich U. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and initial oral contraceptives for the treatment of PMDD: effective but not enough. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(7):566-572.
35. Freeman EW, Jabara S, Sondheimer SJ, et al. Citalopram in PMS patients with prior SSRI treatment failure: a preliminary study. J Womens Health Gend Based Med. 2002;11(5):
459-464.
36. Freeman EW, Rickels K, Sondheimer SJ, et al. Differential response to antidepressants in women with premenstrual syndrome/premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(10):932-939.
37. Steiner M, Pearlstein T, Cohen LS, et al. Expert guidelines for the treatment of severe PMS, PMDD, and comorbidities: the role of SSRIs. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2006;15(1):57-69.
38. Freeman EW. Luteal phase administration of agents for the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. CNS Drugs. 2004;18(7):453-468.
39. Yonkers KA, Holthausen GA, Poschman K, et al. Symptom-onset treatment for women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2006;26(2):198-202.
40. Freeman EW, Sondheimer SJ, Sammel MD, et al. A preliminary study of luteal phase versus symptom-onset dosing with escitalopram for premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(6):769-773.
Approximately 75% of women experience a premenstrual change in emotional or physical symptoms commonly referred to as premenstrual syndrome (PMS). These symptoms—including increased irritability, tension, depressed mood, and somatic complaints such as breast tenderness and bloating—often are mild to moderate and cause minimal distress.1 However, approximately 3% to 9% of women experience moderate to severe premenstrual mood symptoms that meet criteria for premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD).2
PMDD includes depressed or labile mood, anxiety, irritability, anger, insomnia, difficulty concentrating, and other symptoms that occur exclusively during the 2 weeks before menses and cause significant deterioration in daily functioning. Women with PMDD use general and mental health services more often than women without the condition.3 They may experience impairment in marital and parental relationships as severe as that experienced by women with recurrent or chronic major depression.2
PMDD often responds to treatment. Unfortunately, many women with PMDD do not seek treatment, and up to 90% may go undiagnosed.4 In this article, we review the prevalence, etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of PMDD.
A complex disorder
A distinguishing characteristic of PMDD is the timing of symptom onset. In women with PMDD, mood symptoms occur only during the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle (ovulation until onset of menses) and resolve after menstruation onset. Women with PMDD report normal mood and functioning during the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle (first day of the menstrual cycle until ovulation).
Although PMS and PMDD criteria share affective and somatic symptoms, more symptoms are required for a PMDD diagnosis, and symptoms often are more severe.5 As defined in DSM-IV-TR (Table),6 PMDD has a broader range of symptoms than PMS and includes symptoms not included in the American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology criteria for PMS,7 such as impaired concentration, appetite, and sleep (hypersomnia or insomnia); and mood lability. PMDD symptoms must occur only during the 2 weeks preceding menses, although on average symptoms last 6 days and severity usually peaks in the 2 days before menses.1 The prevalence of subthreshold PMDD is fairly common; approximately 19% of women will meet some—but not all—DSM-IV-TR criteria for PMDD.3
In a revision proposed for DSM-5, PMDD would be included as a mood disorder, which represents a significant change from DSM-IV-TR, where it is listed in the appendix as “research criteria.”8 In addition, in oral contraceptive users, a PMDD diagnosis should not be made unless the premenstrual symptoms are reported to be present and as severe when the woman is not taking the oral contraceptive.8
Comorbidity with other axis I disorders such as major depressive disorder (MDD), bipolar disorder (BD), and anxiety disorders is high.9-11 Women with an MDD history have the highest correlation with PMDD,9 and worsening premenstrual mood symptoms are more common in women with BD.12 Payne et al11 found that premenstrual symptoms were reported by twice as many women diagnosed with mood disorders (68%) than women without a psychiatric diagnosis (34%). Moreover, 38% to 46% of women with PMDD have comorbid seasonal affective disorder, and 11% to 38% report a comorbid anxiety disorder.12 Women with PMDD and a history of MDD have lower cortisol concentrations than non-PMDD women.10 Although interventions for PMDD and a comorbid axis I disorder may be similar, it is important to consider both when planning treatment.
Abuse, trauma, and PMDD. An association between PMS/PMDD and a history of sexual and physical abuse is well-documented.13 Studies have reported abuse histories among almost 60% of women with PMDD,14 although studies comparing abuse and trauma in PMDD vs non-PMDD women have been small. A recent study found that trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder are independently associated with PMDD and premenstrual symptoms.15
Evidence suggests that a history of abuse is associated with specific biological sequelae in PMDD women, particularly with respect to hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis measures and noradrenergic activity.16-18 Women with PMDD and a history of sexual abuse show:
- markedly elevated triiodothyronine (T3) concentrations (the more biologically potent thyroid hormone) that appear to result from increased conversion of thyroxine (T4) to T316
- lower circulating plasma norepinephrine concentrations17
- greater resting and stress-induced heart rates and systolic blood pressure compared with non-abused PMDD women, an effect that is eliminated by clonidine (an α-2 adrenergic receptor agonist).18
One study showed that PMDD women with abuse histories had higher blood pressure measurements at rest and during stress and exhibited greater vascular tone than non-abused women; these effects were not seen in non-PMDD women with similar abuse histories.14 This body of evidence is consistent with the concept that PMDD is a stress-related disorder,19 and that a history of abuse is prevalent and may identify a clinically distinct subgroup of PMDD women with respect to thyroid axis and adrenergic physiology. Screening PMDD patients for abuse histories may help manage the disorder.
For a discussion of the etiology of PMDD, see Box 1.
Table
DSM-IV-TR research criteria for PMDD
|
| Source: Reference 6 |
Although questions remain about the pathogenesis of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), literature documents the role of gonadal steroids (estrogen and progesterone) in the etiology of premenstrual syndrome (PMS)/PMDD and suggests that women with PMDD are differentially sensitive to the normal physiologic fluctuations of gonadal hormones throughout the menstrual cycle.a
The first half of the menstrual cycle—the follicular phase—begins with increasing levels of follicular stimulating hormone (FSH) leading to maturity of the ovarian follicle. Once the follicle is ripe, the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle begins with a surge in luteinizing hormone (LH), which results in ovulation of the mature follicle, followed by increased secretion of progesterone, followed by increased estrogen secretion. The system is regulated via negative feedback, and high levels of progesterone decrease gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) pulse frequency, which leads to decreased secretion of FSH and LH, and subsequent decline of estrogen and progesterone. If the ovarian follicle is not fertilized, menstruation begins and FSH levels rise again, initiating the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle.
Fluctuations in reproductive steroid levels have been implicated in the etiology of PMDD from studies showing that oophorectomy and ovulation inhibitors (GnRH agonists) relieve symptoms.b Some researchers proposed that symptoms are related to the drop of progesterone in the late luteal phase; however, many women have symptoms that start at ovulation or during the early luteal phase before the fall in progesterone concentrations.c PMS symptoms may occur independently of the mid-to-late luteal phase.d Because production of gonadal steroids does not differ between women with or without PMS or PMDD,e it may be that follicular or periovulatory changes in levels of estradiol or progesterone secretion trigger symptoms of PMDD in susceptible women, while women without PMDD appear to be immune to these effects of gonadal steroids. This idea is supported by a study showing that pharmacologic induction of a hypogonadal state eliminates symptoms in most women with severe PMS, while “adding back” estrogen or progesterone within the context of hypogonadism elicits return of PMS symptoms in those with PMS but not in controls.a
Abnormalities in serotonin levels also may contribute to PMDD.f In 1 study, a serotonin receptor antagonist precipitated return of symptoms within 24 hours of administration in women with PMDD but not in controls.g PMDD symptoms also can be evoked by depleting the serotonin precursor tryptophan.h When women with PMDD received paroxetine at different phases of their menstrual cycle, they showed fluctuations in serotonergic function across their cycles; these fluctuations were not seen in controls.i Other neurotransmitters implicated in PMDD include γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA),j glutamate,k lower levels of cortisol and beta-endorphins,l and an abnormal stress response.m
Other studies have focused on differing concentrations of luteal phase hormonesn and gene associations. Two studies suggested that PMDD is heritableo,p and other studies have looked at the association between specific psychological traits that are more prominent in PMDD and single nucleotide polymorphisms in the estrogen receptor alpha gene.q,r
Thyroid hormones also may play a role in the etiology of PMS/PMDD. Thyroid function tests have shown greater variability in women with PMS vs controls,s although this variability appears to be limited to women with a sexual abuse history.t Other studies have evaluated hormones regulated across the circadian and sleep-wake cycles, including melatonin, cortisol, thyroid-stimulating hormone, and prolactin, which suggests that although levels of these hormones may not differ between women with PMDD and controls, the timing of their excretion may vary.s Additionally, women with PMDD are characterized by prefrontal brain asymmetry on electroencephalography that also is evident in patients with major depressive disorder.u
There also may be dysregulation of allopregnanolone (ALLO) in women with PMDD.v,w ALLO is a metabolite of progesterone that is a neurosteroid produced in the brain as well as in the ovary and adrenals.v It produces anxiolytic effects by acting as a modulator of GABA receptors.x In PMDD, ALLO levels may influence the severity of premenstrual symptoms.w
References
- Schmidt PJ, Nieman LK, Danaceau MA, et al. Differential behavioral effects of gonadal steroids in women with and in those without premenstrual syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1998;338(4):209-216.
- Muse KN, Cetel NS, Futterman LA, et al. The premenstrual syndrome. Effects of “medical ovariectomy.” N Engl J Med. 1984;311(21):1345-1349.
- Yonkers KA, O’Brien PM, Eriksson E. Premenstrual syndrome. Lancet. 2008;371(9619):1200-1210.
- Schmidt PJ, Nieman LK, Grover GN, et al. Lack of effect of induced menses on symptoms in women with premenstrual syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1991;324(17):1174-1179.
- Rubinow DR, Schmidt PJ. The neuroendocrinology of menstrual cycle mood disorders. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 1995;771:648-659.
- Steiner M, Pearlstein T. Premenstrual dysphoria and the serotonin system: pathophysiology and treatment. J Clin Psychiatry. 2000;61(suppl 12):17-21.
- Roca CA, Schmidt PJ, Smith MJ, et al. Effects of metergoline on symptoms in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(11):1876-1881.
- Menkes DB, Coates DC, Fawcett JP. Acute tryptophan depletion aggravates premenstrual syndrome. J Affect Disord. 1994;32(1):37-44.
- Inoue Y, Terao T, Iwata N, et al. Fluctuating serotonergic function in premenstrual dysphoric disorder and premenstrual syndrome: findings from neuroendocrine challenge tests. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2007;190(2):213-219.
- Epperson CN, Haga K, Mason GF, et al. Cortical gamma-aminobutyric acid levels across the menstrual cycle in healthy women and those with premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2002;59(9):851-858.
- Batra NA, Seres-Mailo J, Hanstock C, et al. Proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy measurement of brain glutamate levels in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2008;63(12):1178-1184.
- Straneva PA, Maixner W, Light KC, et al. Menstrual cycle, beta-endorphins, and pain sensitivity in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Health Psychol. 2002;21(4):358-367.
- Epperson CN, Pittman B, Czarkowski KA, et al. Luteal-phase accentuation of acoustic startle response in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2007;32(10):2190-2198.
- Thys-Jacobs S, McMahon D, Bilezikian JP. Differences in free estradiol and sex hormone-binding globulin in women with and without premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2008;93(1):96-102.
- Payne JL, Klein SR, Zamoiski RB, et al. Premenstrual mood symptoms: study of familiality and personality correlates in mood disorder pedigrees. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2009;12(1):27-34.
- Kendler KS, Karkowski LM, Corey LA, et al. Longitudinal population-based twin study of retrospectively reported premenstrual symptoms and lifetime major depression. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155(9):1234-1240.
- Miller A, Vo H, Huo L, et al. Estrogen receptor alpha (ESR-1) associations with psychological traits in women with PMDD and controls. J Psychiatr Res. 2010;44(12):788-794.
- Huo L, Straub RE, Roca C, et al. Risk for premenstrual dysphoric disorder is associated with genetic variation in ESR1, the estrogen receptor alpha gene. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;62(8):925-933.
- Girdler SS, Pedersen CA, Light KC. Thyroid axis function during the menstrual cycle in women with premenstrual syndrome. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 1995;20(4):395-403.
- Girdler SS, Thompson KS, Light KC, et al. Historical sexual abuse and current thyroid axis profiles in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(3):403-410.
- Accortt EE, Stewart JL, Coan JA, et al. Prefrontal brain asymmetry and pre-menstrual dysphoric disorder symptomatology. J Affect Disord. 2011;128(1-2):178-183.
- Paul SM, Purdy RH. Neuroactive steroids. FASEB J. 1992;6(6):2311-2322.
- Girdler SS, Straneva PA, Light KC, et al. Allopregnanolone levels and reactivity to mental stress in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2001;49(9):788-797.
- Brot MD, Akwa Y, Purdy RH, et al. The anxiolytic-like effects of the neurosteroid allopregnanolone: interactions with GABA(A) receptors. Eur J Pharmacol. 1997;325(1):1-7.
Mood charting aids diagnosis
A PMDD diagnosis requires prospective daily monitoring of symptoms for ≥2 consecutive months. Because only 25% to 35% of women who present with PMDD meet diagnostic criteria when prospective daily monitoring is used,20 it is important for patients to keep a daily diary of PMDD symptoms to distinguish the disorder from PMS (Box 2). The Prospective Record of the Impact and Severity of Premenstrual Symptoms calendar and the Daily Record of Severity of Problems (DRSPP)21 may help make the diagnosis.
The widely used DRSPP allows clinicians to quantify the severity of physical, emotional, and behavioral symptoms and may be the easiest to use in clinical practice because it creates a graphic representation of cyclical symptom changes. The DRSPP includes all PMDD symptoms and severity ratings21 and is recognized as a valid instrument for diagnosing PMDD. Another option is a revised visual analogue scale. Lastly, a new revised Premenstrual Tension Syndrome (PMTS) rating scale, which combines the PMTS Observer rating scale plus multiple visual analogue scales, shows promise as a tool to assess PMDD symptoms.
To distinguish premenstrual syndrome (PMS) from premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), premenstrual exacerbation of an underlying psychiatric disorder, general medical conditions, or other disorders with no association to the menstrual cycle, it is necessary to have patients conduct daily symptom charting over 2 menstrual cycles. This charting should include documentation of emotional, behavioral, and physical symptoms. PMDD can be differentiated from PMS by the severity and number of symptoms. In PMDD, 1 of the symptoms must be a mood disturbance (depressed, anxious, labile, and/or irritable). For a sample form used for PMDD charting, the Daily Record of Severity of Problems, see http://pmdd.factsforhealth.org/drsp/drsp_month.pdf.
Treatment options
Hormonal interventions. Attempts to treat PMS with progesterone during the luteal phase have been largely unsuccessful, although progesterone is approved to treat PMS in the United Kingdom. Long-acting gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) agonists are effective but result in medical menopause with its accompanying symptoms, which puts women at risk for osteoporosis.22 Approximately 60% to 70% of women with PMDD respond to leuprolide (a GnRH agonist), but it is difficult to predict who will respond; daily mood self-ratings of sadness, anxiety, and irritability predict a positive response to leuprolide with high probability.23 Side effects of GnRH agonists (hot flashes, night sweats, vaginal dryness, etc.) can be tempered by “adding back” some estrogen with a hormonal agent with progestational activity to reduce the risks of unopposed estrogen (ie, endometrial hyperplasia).24
Surgical bilateral oophorectomy is effective but extremely invasive, especially in younger women in whom removal of ovaries generally is inadvisable. Patients should receive a trial of a GnRH agonist before a surgical intervention, because oophorectomy may not reduce symptoms and is irreversible. Oophorectomy also would require hormone replacement therapy.
High-dose estrogen as transdermal patches or subcutaneous implants to inhibit ovulation is effective, but because of the risks of unopposed estrogen, a progestin would be needed. Risks of estrogen therapy (alone and in combination with progestins) include increased risk of endometrial cancer, coronary heart disease, breast cancer, stroke, and pulmonary embolism.25 Danazol, a synthetic androgen and gonadotropin inhibitor, effectively blocks ovulation, but side effects include hirsutism and possible teratogenicity.26 Although these hormonal manipulations may effectively treat PMDD, none are considered practical.
The use of combined oral contraceptives (estrogen and progestin) is common. Although continuous cycle oral contraceptives often are recommended for PMDD, limited evidence supports their use; studies have been mostly negative.27,28 A recent review of 4 studies of a continuous oral contraceptive (levonorgestrel 90 mcg/ethinyl estradiol 20 mcg) for PMDD and PMS had more promising results, although the results were highly variable among studies and a large placebo effect was observed.29
A combination oral contraceptive, drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol, is FDA-approved for treating PMDD in women seeking hormonal contraception because it has shown efficacy compared with placebo, with reported improvements in perceived productivity, social activities, and interpersonal relationships.30 The nature of hormone delivery (ie, a reduction in the pill-free interval from 7 to 4 days) in drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol may contribute to its efficacy because a reduced pill-free interval minimizes the degree of follicular recruitment and subsequent estrogen production and cyclicity seen with standard oral contraceptive.31
Antidepressants have been shown to effectively ameliorate affective and physical symptoms and improve quality of life and psychosocial function in patients with PMS and PMDD. The response rates for selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) in PMDD treatment vary from 60% to 90%, vs 30% to 40% for placebo.32 A 2009 Cochrane review found SSRIs reduced premenstrual symptoms compared with placebo.33 However, a literature review suggested that the percentage of women with PMDD who respond to SSRIs or continuous oral contraceptives is lower than the percentage of women who do not respond at all, once the placebo effect is taken into account, and that approximately 40% of women with PMDD do not respond to SSRIs.34 A small study found that citalopram may be effective for women with PMDD who did not respond to a prior SSRI.35
However, only antidepressants that affect serotonergic—not noradrenergic—transmission are effective in PMDD.22 These include:
- the tricyclic antidepressant clomipramine
- the SSRIs citalopram, escitalopram, fluoxetine, paroxetine, and sertraline
- the serotonin-noradrenergic reuptake inhibitor venlafaxine.
It appears that in PMDD, serotonergic agents play a role other than their antidepressant effect.36 The effect of these agents is rapid in PMS/PMDD; women with PMDD who take antidepressants often experience reduced symptoms within the first menstrual cycle, whereas in MDD the onset of action can take weeks or months.37
Although why onset of antidepressant action is quick in PMDD is unclear, rapid onset allows for several dosing options. Some women prefer continuous dosing throughout the month because they do not have to keep track of ovulation. Dosing antidepressants only in the luteal phase (taking the antidepressant from ovulation onset to the start of menses) is an effective treatment strategy.38 Many women prefer to take medication for only 2 weeks per month, which can decrease side effects and lower treatment costs. Alternatively, symptom-onset dosing—initiating the antidepressant when PMDD symptoms begin and stopping at menses onset or within 3 days thereafter—has shown promising results.39,40 Paroxetine, sertraline, and fluoxetine are FDA-approved for PMDD as continuous or intermittent regimens, although using fluoxetine intermittently may not make sense because its biologically active metabolite has an extended half-life.37
Other treatments. Dietary interventions, psychotherapy, vitamins, bright light treatment, and spironolactone have been assessed for PMS/PMDD, although for many evidence-based findings are lacking (Box 3).
See the Bibliography below for studies that support using antidepressants to treat PMDD
Two reviews of 10 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) that evaluated 62 herbs, vitamins, and mineral treatments for premenstrual symptoms found efficacy for chasteberry (Vitex agnus-castus), calcium, and vitamin B6 but not for primrose oil, magnesium oxide, or St. John’s wort.a,b A study comparing fluoxetine with chasteberry found a similar percentage of patients responded to either agent (68% vs 58%, respectively).c Another study showed calcium resulted in a 48% reduction in premenstrual symptoms from baseline, compared with a 30% reduction with placebo.d Bright light treatment significantly reduced depression ratings in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD).e Compared with placebo, the aldosterone antagonist spironolactone improved irritability, depression, feelings of swelling, breast tenderness, and food craving in women with premenstrual syndrome (PMS).f
A recent systematic review of 7 trials of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for PMDD, including 3 RCTs, showed a lack of a statistically significant effect.g However, a separate review of RCTs of alternative treatments for PMDD—5 of which included CBT—suggested that CBT may be beneficial in reducing premenstrual symptoms, but the evidence was low quality.h
References
- Dante G, Facchinetti F. Herbal treatments for alleviating premenstrual symptoms: a systematic review. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol. 2011;32(1):42-51.
- Whelan AM, Jurgens TM, Naylor H. Herbs, vitamins and minerals in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome: a systematic review. Can J Clin Pharmacol. 2009;16(3):e407-e429.
- Atmaca M, Kumru S, Tezcan E. Fluoxetine versus Vitex agnus castus extract in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Hum Psychopharmacol. 2003;18(3):191-195.
- Thys-Jacobs S, Starkey P, Bernstein D, et al. Calcium carbonate and the premenstrual syndrome: effects on premenstrual and menstrual symptoms. Premenstrual Syndrome Study Group. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1998;179(2):444-452.
- Parry BL, Berga SL, Mostofi N, et al. Morning versus evening bright light treatment of late luteal phase dysphoric disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1989;146(9):1215-1217.
- Wang M, Hammarbäck S, Lindhe BA, et al. Treatment of premenstrual syndrome by spironolactone: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand. 1995;74(10):803-808.
- Lustyk MK, Gerrish WG, Shaver S, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a systematic review. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2009;12(2):85-96.
- Busse JW, Montori VM, Krasnik C, et al. Psychological intervention for premenstrual syndrome: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Psychother Psychosom. 2009;78(1):6-15.
Cohen LS, Miner C, Brown EW, et al. Premenstrual daily fluoxetine for premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a placebo-controlled, clinical trial using computerized diaries. Obstet Gynecol. 2002;100(3):435-444.
Eriksson E, Ekman A, Sinclair S, et al. Escitalopram administered in the luteal phase exerts a marked and dose-dependent effect in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2008;28(2):195-202.
Eriksson E, Hedberg MA, Andersch B, et al. The serotonin reuptake inhibitor paroxetin is superior to the noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor maprotiline in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1995;12(2):167-176.
Menkes DB, Taghavi E, Mason PA, et al. Fluoxetine treatment of severe premenstrual syndrome. BMJ. 1992;305(6849):346-347.
Miner C, Brown E, McCray S, et al. Weekly luteal-phase dosing with enteric-coated fluoxetine 90 mg in premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Clin Ther. 2002;24(3):417-433.
Ozeren S, Corakçi A, Yücesoy I, et al. Fluoxetine in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 1997;73(2):167-170.
Pearlstein TB, Stone AB, Lund SA, et al. Comparison of fluoxetine, bupropion, and placebo in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17(4):261-266.
Ravindran LN, Woods SA, Steiner M, et al. Symptom-onset dosing with citalopram in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD): a case series. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2007;10(3):125-127.
Steiner M, Brown E, Trzepacz P, et al. Fluoxetine improves functional work capacity in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2003;6(1):71-77.
Stone AB, Pearlstein TB, Brown WA. Fluoxetine in the treatment of late luteal phase dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 1991;52(7):290-293.
Sundblad C, Hedberg MA, Eriksson E. Clomipramine administered during the luteal phase reduces the symptoms of premenstrual syndrome: a placebo-controlled trial. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1993;9(2):133-145.
Sundblad C, Modigh K, Andersch B, et al. Clomipramine effectively reduces premenstrual irritability and dysphoria: a placebo-controlled trial. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1992;85(1):39-47.
Su TP, Schmidt PJ, Danaceau MA, et al. Fluoxetine in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoria. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1997; 16(5):346-356.
Wikander I, Sundblad C, Andersch B, et al. Citalopram in premenstrual dysphoria: is intermittent treatment during luteal phases more effective than continuous medication throughout the menstrual cycle? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1998;18(5):390-398.
Treatment selection
To enhance compliance and improve the likelihood of successful treatment, tailor treatment decisions to your patient’s needs. Carefully discuss with your patient the evidence-based literature to select the best option for her. Factors to consider when counseling patients include:
- the patient’s age, cigarette smoking habits, and body mass index, which may contraindicate oral contraceptives
- does the patient have regular cycle lengths?
- can she adhere to an on-off schedule? If so, intermittent SSRI dosing may be a good treatment option
- does the patient have irregular cycles?
- is there evidence that symptoms persist into the follicular phase, albeit at a lower level? If so, continuous SSRI dosing may be the best option.
Related Resources
- American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 development: D 04 Premenstrual dysphoric disorder. www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/pages/proposedrevision.aspx?rid=484.
Drug Brand Names
- Citalopram • Celexa
- Clomipramine • Anafranil
- Clonidine • Catapres, others
- Danazol • Danocrine
- Drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol • Yaz
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Leuprolide • Lupron
- Levonorgestrel/ethinyl estradiol • Seasonale, others
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Progesterone • Prometrium
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Spironolactone • Aldactone
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosures
Drs. Wakil and Girdler report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products
Dr. Meltzer-Brody receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, The Foundation of Hope, and the National Institutes of Health.
Approximately 75% of women experience a premenstrual change in emotional or physical symptoms commonly referred to as premenstrual syndrome (PMS). These symptoms—including increased irritability, tension, depressed mood, and somatic complaints such as breast tenderness and bloating—often are mild to moderate and cause minimal distress.1 However, approximately 3% to 9% of women experience moderate to severe premenstrual mood symptoms that meet criteria for premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD).2
PMDD includes depressed or labile mood, anxiety, irritability, anger, insomnia, difficulty concentrating, and other symptoms that occur exclusively during the 2 weeks before menses and cause significant deterioration in daily functioning. Women with PMDD use general and mental health services more often than women without the condition.3 They may experience impairment in marital and parental relationships as severe as that experienced by women with recurrent or chronic major depression.2
PMDD often responds to treatment. Unfortunately, many women with PMDD do not seek treatment, and up to 90% may go undiagnosed.4 In this article, we review the prevalence, etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of PMDD.
A complex disorder
A distinguishing characteristic of PMDD is the timing of symptom onset. In women with PMDD, mood symptoms occur only during the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle (ovulation until onset of menses) and resolve after menstruation onset. Women with PMDD report normal mood and functioning during the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle (first day of the menstrual cycle until ovulation).
Although PMS and PMDD criteria share affective and somatic symptoms, more symptoms are required for a PMDD diagnosis, and symptoms often are more severe.5 As defined in DSM-IV-TR (Table),6 PMDD has a broader range of symptoms than PMS and includes symptoms not included in the American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology criteria for PMS,7 such as impaired concentration, appetite, and sleep (hypersomnia or insomnia); and mood lability. PMDD symptoms must occur only during the 2 weeks preceding menses, although on average symptoms last 6 days and severity usually peaks in the 2 days before menses.1 The prevalence of subthreshold PMDD is fairly common; approximately 19% of women will meet some—but not all—DSM-IV-TR criteria for PMDD.3
In a revision proposed for DSM-5, PMDD would be included as a mood disorder, which represents a significant change from DSM-IV-TR, where it is listed in the appendix as “research criteria.”8 In addition, in oral contraceptive users, a PMDD diagnosis should not be made unless the premenstrual symptoms are reported to be present and as severe when the woman is not taking the oral contraceptive.8
Comorbidity with other axis I disorders such as major depressive disorder (MDD), bipolar disorder (BD), and anxiety disorders is high.9-11 Women with an MDD history have the highest correlation with PMDD,9 and worsening premenstrual mood symptoms are more common in women with BD.12 Payne et al11 found that premenstrual symptoms were reported by twice as many women diagnosed with mood disorders (68%) than women without a psychiatric diagnosis (34%). Moreover, 38% to 46% of women with PMDD have comorbid seasonal affective disorder, and 11% to 38% report a comorbid anxiety disorder.12 Women with PMDD and a history of MDD have lower cortisol concentrations than non-PMDD women.10 Although interventions for PMDD and a comorbid axis I disorder may be similar, it is important to consider both when planning treatment.
Abuse, trauma, and PMDD. An association between PMS/PMDD and a history of sexual and physical abuse is well-documented.13 Studies have reported abuse histories among almost 60% of women with PMDD,14 although studies comparing abuse and trauma in PMDD vs non-PMDD women have been small. A recent study found that trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder are independently associated with PMDD and premenstrual symptoms.15
Evidence suggests that a history of abuse is associated with specific biological sequelae in PMDD women, particularly with respect to hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis measures and noradrenergic activity.16-18 Women with PMDD and a history of sexual abuse show:
- markedly elevated triiodothyronine (T3) concentrations (the more biologically potent thyroid hormone) that appear to result from increased conversion of thyroxine (T4) to T316
- lower circulating plasma norepinephrine concentrations17
- greater resting and stress-induced heart rates and systolic blood pressure compared with non-abused PMDD women, an effect that is eliminated by clonidine (an α-2 adrenergic receptor agonist).18
One study showed that PMDD women with abuse histories had higher blood pressure measurements at rest and during stress and exhibited greater vascular tone than non-abused women; these effects were not seen in non-PMDD women with similar abuse histories.14 This body of evidence is consistent with the concept that PMDD is a stress-related disorder,19 and that a history of abuse is prevalent and may identify a clinically distinct subgroup of PMDD women with respect to thyroid axis and adrenergic physiology. Screening PMDD patients for abuse histories may help manage the disorder.
For a discussion of the etiology of PMDD, see Box 1.
Table
DSM-IV-TR research criteria for PMDD
|
| Source: Reference 6 |
Although questions remain about the pathogenesis of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), literature documents the role of gonadal steroids (estrogen and progesterone) in the etiology of premenstrual syndrome (PMS)/PMDD and suggests that women with PMDD are differentially sensitive to the normal physiologic fluctuations of gonadal hormones throughout the menstrual cycle.a
The first half of the menstrual cycle—the follicular phase—begins with increasing levels of follicular stimulating hormone (FSH) leading to maturity of the ovarian follicle. Once the follicle is ripe, the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle begins with a surge in luteinizing hormone (LH), which results in ovulation of the mature follicle, followed by increased secretion of progesterone, followed by increased estrogen secretion. The system is regulated via negative feedback, and high levels of progesterone decrease gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) pulse frequency, which leads to decreased secretion of FSH and LH, and subsequent decline of estrogen and progesterone. If the ovarian follicle is not fertilized, menstruation begins and FSH levels rise again, initiating the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle.
Fluctuations in reproductive steroid levels have been implicated in the etiology of PMDD from studies showing that oophorectomy and ovulation inhibitors (GnRH agonists) relieve symptoms.b Some researchers proposed that symptoms are related to the drop of progesterone in the late luteal phase; however, many women have symptoms that start at ovulation or during the early luteal phase before the fall in progesterone concentrations.c PMS symptoms may occur independently of the mid-to-late luteal phase.d Because production of gonadal steroids does not differ between women with or without PMS or PMDD,e it may be that follicular or periovulatory changes in levels of estradiol or progesterone secretion trigger symptoms of PMDD in susceptible women, while women without PMDD appear to be immune to these effects of gonadal steroids. This idea is supported by a study showing that pharmacologic induction of a hypogonadal state eliminates symptoms in most women with severe PMS, while “adding back” estrogen or progesterone within the context of hypogonadism elicits return of PMS symptoms in those with PMS but not in controls.a
Abnormalities in serotonin levels also may contribute to PMDD.f In 1 study, a serotonin receptor antagonist precipitated return of symptoms within 24 hours of administration in women with PMDD but not in controls.g PMDD symptoms also can be evoked by depleting the serotonin precursor tryptophan.h When women with PMDD received paroxetine at different phases of their menstrual cycle, they showed fluctuations in serotonergic function across their cycles; these fluctuations were not seen in controls.i Other neurotransmitters implicated in PMDD include γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA),j glutamate,k lower levels of cortisol and beta-endorphins,l and an abnormal stress response.m
Other studies have focused on differing concentrations of luteal phase hormonesn and gene associations. Two studies suggested that PMDD is heritableo,p and other studies have looked at the association between specific psychological traits that are more prominent in PMDD and single nucleotide polymorphisms in the estrogen receptor alpha gene.q,r
Thyroid hormones also may play a role in the etiology of PMS/PMDD. Thyroid function tests have shown greater variability in women with PMS vs controls,s although this variability appears to be limited to women with a sexual abuse history.t Other studies have evaluated hormones regulated across the circadian and sleep-wake cycles, including melatonin, cortisol, thyroid-stimulating hormone, and prolactin, which suggests that although levels of these hormones may not differ between women with PMDD and controls, the timing of their excretion may vary.s Additionally, women with PMDD are characterized by prefrontal brain asymmetry on electroencephalography that also is evident in patients with major depressive disorder.u
There also may be dysregulation of allopregnanolone (ALLO) in women with PMDD.v,w ALLO is a metabolite of progesterone that is a neurosteroid produced in the brain as well as in the ovary and adrenals.v It produces anxiolytic effects by acting as a modulator of GABA receptors.x In PMDD, ALLO levels may influence the severity of premenstrual symptoms.w
References
- Schmidt PJ, Nieman LK, Danaceau MA, et al. Differential behavioral effects of gonadal steroids in women with and in those without premenstrual syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1998;338(4):209-216.
- Muse KN, Cetel NS, Futterman LA, et al. The premenstrual syndrome. Effects of “medical ovariectomy.” N Engl J Med. 1984;311(21):1345-1349.
- Yonkers KA, O’Brien PM, Eriksson E. Premenstrual syndrome. Lancet. 2008;371(9619):1200-1210.
- Schmidt PJ, Nieman LK, Grover GN, et al. Lack of effect of induced menses on symptoms in women with premenstrual syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1991;324(17):1174-1179.
- Rubinow DR, Schmidt PJ. The neuroendocrinology of menstrual cycle mood disorders. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 1995;771:648-659.
- Steiner M, Pearlstein T. Premenstrual dysphoria and the serotonin system: pathophysiology and treatment. J Clin Psychiatry. 2000;61(suppl 12):17-21.
- Roca CA, Schmidt PJ, Smith MJ, et al. Effects of metergoline on symptoms in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(11):1876-1881.
- Menkes DB, Coates DC, Fawcett JP. Acute tryptophan depletion aggravates premenstrual syndrome. J Affect Disord. 1994;32(1):37-44.
- Inoue Y, Terao T, Iwata N, et al. Fluctuating serotonergic function in premenstrual dysphoric disorder and premenstrual syndrome: findings from neuroendocrine challenge tests. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2007;190(2):213-219.
- Epperson CN, Haga K, Mason GF, et al. Cortical gamma-aminobutyric acid levels across the menstrual cycle in healthy women and those with premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2002;59(9):851-858.
- Batra NA, Seres-Mailo J, Hanstock C, et al. Proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy measurement of brain glutamate levels in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2008;63(12):1178-1184.
- Straneva PA, Maixner W, Light KC, et al. Menstrual cycle, beta-endorphins, and pain sensitivity in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Health Psychol. 2002;21(4):358-367.
- Epperson CN, Pittman B, Czarkowski KA, et al. Luteal-phase accentuation of acoustic startle response in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2007;32(10):2190-2198.
- Thys-Jacobs S, McMahon D, Bilezikian JP. Differences in free estradiol and sex hormone-binding globulin in women with and without premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2008;93(1):96-102.
- Payne JL, Klein SR, Zamoiski RB, et al. Premenstrual mood symptoms: study of familiality and personality correlates in mood disorder pedigrees. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2009;12(1):27-34.
- Kendler KS, Karkowski LM, Corey LA, et al. Longitudinal population-based twin study of retrospectively reported premenstrual symptoms and lifetime major depression. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155(9):1234-1240.
- Miller A, Vo H, Huo L, et al. Estrogen receptor alpha (ESR-1) associations with psychological traits in women with PMDD and controls. J Psychiatr Res. 2010;44(12):788-794.
- Huo L, Straub RE, Roca C, et al. Risk for premenstrual dysphoric disorder is associated with genetic variation in ESR1, the estrogen receptor alpha gene. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;62(8):925-933.
- Girdler SS, Pedersen CA, Light KC. Thyroid axis function during the menstrual cycle in women with premenstrual syndrome. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 1995;20(4):395-403.
- Girdler SS, Thompson KS, Light KC, et al. Historical sexual abuse and current thyroid axis profiles in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(3):403-410.
- Accortt EE, Stewart JL, Coan JA, et al. Prefrontal brain asymmetry and pre-menstrual dysphoric disorder symptomatology. J Affect Disord. 2011;128(1-2):178-183.
- Paul SM, Purdy RH. Neuroactive steroids. FASEB J. 1992;6(6):2311-2322.
- Girdler SS, Straneva PA, Light KC, et al. Allopregnanolone levels and reactivity to mental stress in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2001;49(9):788-797.
- Brot MD, Akwa Y, Purdy RH, et al. The anxiolytic-like effects of the neurosteroid allopregnanolone: interactions with GABA(A) receptors. Eur J Pharmacol. 1997;325(1):1-7.
Mood charting aids diagnosis
A PMDD diagnosis requires prospective daily monitoring of symptoms for ≥2 consecutive months. Because only 25% to 35% of women who present with PMDD meet diagnostic criteria when prospective daily monitoring is used,20 it is important for patients to keep a daily diary of PMDD symptoms to distinguish the disorder from PMS (Box 2). The Prospective Record of the Impact and Severity of Premenstrual Symptoms calendar and the Daily Record of Severity of Problems (DRSPP)21 may help make the diagnosis.
The widely used DRSPP allows clinicians to quantify the severity of physical, emotional, and behavioral symptoms and may be the easiest to use in clinical practice because it creates a graphic representation of cyclical symptom changes. The DRSPP includes all PMDD symptoms and severity ratings21 and is recognized as a valid instrument for diagnosing PMDD. Another option is a revised visual analogue scale. Lastly, a new revised Premenstrual Tension Syndrome (PMTS) rating scale, which combines the PMTS Observer rating scale plus multiple visual analogue scales, shows promise as a tool to assess PMDD symptoms.
To distinguish premenstrual syndrome (PMS) from premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD), premenstrual exacerbation of an underlying psychiatric disorder, general medical conditions, or other disorders with no association to the menstrual cycle, it is necessary to have patients conduct daily symptom charting over 2 menstrual cycles. This charting should include documentation of emotional, behavioral, and physical symptoms. PMDD can be differentiated from PMS by the severity and number of symptoms. In PMDD, 1 of the symptoms must be a mood disturbance (depressed, anxious, labile, and/or irritable). For a sample form used for PMDD charting, the Daily Record of Severity of Problems, see http://pmdd.factsforhealth.org/drsp/drsp_month.pdf.
Treatment options
Hormonal interventions. Attempts to treat PMS with progesterone during the luteal phase have been largely unsuccessful, although progesterone is approved to treat PMS in the United Kingdom. Long-acting gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) agonists are effective but result in medical menopause with its accompanying symptoms, which puts women at risk for osteoporosis.22 Approximately 60% to 70% of women with PMDD respond to leuprolide (a GnRH agonist), but it is difficult to predict who will respond; daily mood self-ratings of sadness, anxiety, and irritability predict a positive response to leuprolide with high probability.23 Side effects of GnRH agonists (hot flashes, night sweats, vaginal dryness, etc.) can be tempered by “adding back” some estrogen with a hormonal agent with progestational activity to reduce the risks of unopposed estrogen (ie, endometrial hyperplasia).24
Surgical bilateral oophorectomy is effective but extremely invasive, especially in younger women in whom removal of ovaries generally is inadvisable. Patients should receive a trial of a GnRH agonist before a surgical intervention, because oophorectomy may not reduce symptoms and is irreversible. Oophorectomy also would require hormone replacement therapy.
High-dose estrogen as transdermal patches or subcutaneous implants to inhibit ovulation is effective, but because of the risks of unopposed estrogen, a progestin would be needed. Risks of estrogen therapy (alone and in combination with progestins) include increased risk of endometrial cancer, coronary heart disease, breast cancer, stroke, and pulmonary embolism.25 Danazol, a synthetic androgen and gonadotropin inhibitor, effectively blocks ovulation, but side effects include hirsutism and possible teratogenicity.26 Although these hormonal manipulations may effectively treat PMDD, none are considered practical.
The use of combined oral contraceptives (estrogen and progestin) is common. Although continuous cycle oral contraceptives often are recommended for PMDD, limited evidence supports their use; studies have been mostly negative.27,28 A recent review of 4 studies of a continuous oral contraceptive (levonorgestrel 90 mcg/ethinyl estradiol 20 mcg) for PMDD and PMS had more promising results, although the results were highly variable among studies and a large placebo effect was observed.29
A combination oral contraceptive, drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol, is FDA-approved for treating PMDD in women seeking hormonal contraception because it has shown efficacy compared with placebo, with reported improvements in perceived productivity, social activities, and interpersonal relationships.30 The nature of hormone delivery (ie, a reduction in the pill-free interval from 7 to 4 days) in drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol may contribute to its efficacy because a reduced pill-free interval minimizes the degree of follicular recruitment and subsequent estrogen production and cyclicity seen with standard oral contraceptive.31
Antidepressants have been shown to effectively ameliorate affective and physical symptoms and improve quality of life and psychosocial function in patients with PMS and PMDD. The response rates for selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) in PMDD treatment vary from 60% to 90%, vs 30% to 40% for placebo.32 A 2009 Cochrane review found SSRIs reduced premenstrual symptoms compared with placebo.33 However, a literature review suggested that the percentage of women with PMDD who respond to SSRIs or continuous oral contraceptives is lower than the percentage of women who do not respond at all, once the placebo effect is taken into account, and that approximately 40% of women with PMDD do not respond to SSRIs.34 A small study found that citalopram may be effective for women with PMDD who did not respond to a prior SSRI.35
However, only antidepressants that affect serotonergic—not noradrenergic—transmission are effective in PMDD.22 These include:
- the tricyclic antidepressant clomipramine
- the SSRIs citalopram, escitalopram, fluoxetine, paroxetine, and sertraline
- the serotonin-noradrenergic reuptake inhibitor venlafaxine.
It appears that in PMDD, serotonergic agents play a role other than their antidepressant effect.36 The effect of these agents is rapid in PMS/PMDD; women with PMDD who take antidepressants often experience reduced symptoms within the first menstrual cycle, whereas in MDD the onset of action can take weeks or months.37
Although why onset of antidepressant action is quick in PMDD is unclear, rapid onset allows for several dosing options. Some women prefer continuous dosing throughout the month because they do not have to keep track of ovulation. Dosing antidepressants only in the luteal phase (taking the antidepressant from ovulation onset to the start of menses) is an effective treatment strategy.38 Many women prefer to take medication for only 2 weeks per month, which can decrease side effects and lower treatment costs. Alternatively, symptom-onset dosing—initiating the antidepressant when PMDD symptoms begin and stopping at menses onset or within 3 days thereafter—has shown promising results.39,40 Paroxetine, sertraline, and fluoxetine are FDA-approved for PMDD as continuous or intermittent regimens, although using fluoxetine intermittently may not make sense because its biologically active metabolite has an extended half-life.37
Other treatments. Dietary interventions, psychotherapy, vitamins, bright light treatment, and spironolactone have been assessed for PMS/PMDD, although for many evidence-based findings are lacking (Box 3).
See the Bibliography below for studies that support using antidepressants to treat PMDD
Two reviews of 10 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) that evaluated 62 herbs, vitamins, and mineral treatments for premenstrual symptoms found efficacy for chasteberry (Vitex agnus-castus), calcium, and vitamin B6 but not for primrose oil, magnesium oxide, or St. John’s wort.a,b A study comparing fluoxetine with chasteberry found a similar percentage of patients responded to either agent (68% vs 58%, respectively).c Another study showed calcium resulted in a 48% reduction in premenstrual symptoms from baseline, compared with a 30% reduction with placebo.d Bright light treatment significantly reduced depression ratings in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD).e Compared with placebo, the aldosterone antagonist spironolactone improved irritability, depression, feelings of swelling, breast tenderness, and food craving in women with premenstrual syndrome (PMS).f
A recent systematic review of 7 trials of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for PMDD, including 3 RCTs, showed a lack of a statistically significant effect.g However, a separate review of RCTs of alternative treatments for PMDD—5 of which included CBT—suggested that CBT may be beneficial in reducing premenstrual symptoms, but the evidence was low quality.h
References
- Dante G, Facchinetti F. Herbal treatments for alleviating premenstrual symptoms: a systematic review. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol. 2011;32(1):42-51.
- Whelan AM, Jurgens TM, Naylor H. Herbs, vitamins and minerals in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome: a systematic review. Can J Clin Pharmacol. 2009;16(3):e407-e429.
- Atmaca M, Kumru S, Tezcan E. Fluoxetine versus Vitex agnus castus extract in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Hum Psychopharmacol. 2003;18(3):191-195.
- Thys-Jacobs S, Starkey P, Bernstein D, et al. Calcium carbonate and the premenstrual syndrome: effects on premenstrual and menstrual symptoms. Premenstrual Syndrome Study Group. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1998;179(2):444-452.
- Parry BL, Berga SL, Mostofi N, et al. Morning versus evening bright light treatment of late luteal phase dysphoric disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1989;146(9):1215-1217.
- Wang M, Hammarbäck S, Lindhe BA, et al. Treatment of premenstrual syndrome by spironolactone: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand. 1995;74(10):803-808.
- Lustyk MK, Gerrish WG, Shaver S, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a systematic review. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2009;12(2):85-96.
- Busse JW, Montori VM, Krasnik C, et al. Psychological intervention for premenstrual syndrome: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Psychother Psychosom. 2009;78(1):6-15.
Cohen LS, Miner C, Brown EW, et al. Premenstrual daily fluoxetine for premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a placebo-controlled, clinical trial using computerized diaries. Obstet Gynecol. 2002;100(3):435-444.
Eriksson E, Ekman A, Sinclair S, et al. Escitalopram administered in the luteal phase exerts a marked and dose-dependent effect in premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2008;28(2):195-202.
Eriksson E, Hedberg MA, Andersch B, et al. The serotonin reuptake inhibitor paroxetin is superior to the noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor maprotiline in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1995;12(2):167-176.
Menkes DB, Taghavi E, Mason PA, et al. Fluoxetine treatment of severe premenstrual syndrome. BMJ. 1992;305(6849):346-347.
Miner C, Brown E, McCray S, et al. Weekly luteal-phase dosing with enteric-coated fluoxetine 90 mg in premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Clin Ther. 2002;24(3):417-433.
Ozeren S, Corakçi A, Yücesoy I, et al. Fluoxetine in the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 1997;73(2):167-170.
Pearlstein TB, Stone AB, Lund SA, et al. Comparison of fluoxetine, bupropion, and placebo in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17(4):261-266.
Ravindran LN, Woods SA, Steiner M, et al. Symptom-onset dosing with citalopram in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD): a case series. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2007;10(3):125-127.
Steiner M, Brown E, Trzepacz P, et al. Fluoxetine improves functional work capacity in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2003;6(1):71-77.
Stone AB, Pearlstein TB, Brown WA. Fluoxetine in the treatment of late luteal phase dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 1991;52(7):290-293.
Sundblad C, Hedberg MA, Eriksson E. Clomipramine administered during the luteal phase reduces the symptoms of premenstrual syndrome: a placebo-controlled trial. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1993;9(2):133-145.
Sundblad C, Modigh K, Andersch B, et al. Clomipramine effectively reduces premenstrual irritability and dysphoria: a placebo-controlled trial. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1992;85(1):39-47.
Su TP, Schmidt PJ, Danaceau MA, et al. Fluoxetine in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoria. Neuropsychopharmacology. 1997; 16(5):346-356.
Wikander I, Sundblad C, Andersch B, et al. Citalopram in premenstrual dysphoria: is intermittent treatment during luteal phases more effective than continuous medication throughout the menstrual cycle? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1998;18(5):390-398.
Treatment selection
To enhance compliance and improve the likelihood of successful treatment, tailor treatment decisions to your patient’s needs. Carefully discuss with your patient the evidence-based literature to select the best option for her. Factors to consider when counseling patients include:
- the patient’s age, cigarette smoking habits, and body mass index, which may contraindicate oral contraceptives
- does the patient have regular cycle lengths?
- can she adhere to an on-off schedule? If so, intermittent SSRI dosing may be a good treatment option
- does the patient have irregular cycles?
- is there evidence that symptoms persist into the follicular phase, albeit at a lower level? If so, continuous SSRI dosing may be the best option.
Related Resources
- American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 development: D 04 Premenstrual dysphoric disorder. www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/pages/proposedrevision.aspx?rid=484.
Drug Brand Names
- Citalopram • Celexa
- Clomipramine • Anafranil
- Clonidine • Catapres, others
- Danazol • Danocrine
- Drospirenone/ethinyl estradiol • Yaz
- Escitalopram • Lexapro
- Fluoxetine • Prozac
- Leuprolide • Lupron
- Levonorgestrel/ethinyl estradiol • Seasonale, others
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Progesterone • Prometrium
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Spironolactone • Aldactone
- Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosures
Drs. Wakil and Girdler report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products
Dr. Meltzer-Brody receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, The Foundation of Hope, and the National Institutes of Health.
1. Yonkers KA, O’Brien PM, Eriksson E. Premenstrual syndrome. Lancet. 2008;371(9619):1200-1210.
2. Halbreich U, Borenstein J, Pearlstein T, et al. The prevalence, impairment, impact and burden of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMS/PMDD). Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2008;28(suppl 3):1-23.
3. Wittchen HU, Becker E, Lieb R, et al. Prevalence, incidence and stability of premenstrual dysphoric disorder in the community. Psychol Med. 2002;32(1):119-132.
4. Hylan TR, Sundell K, Judge R. The impact of premenstrual symptomatology on functioning and treatment-seeking behavior: experience from the United States United Kingdom, and France. J Womens Health Gend Based Med. 1999;8(8):1043-1052.
5. Biggs WS, Demuth RH. Premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Am Fam Physician. 2011;84(8):918-924.
6. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
7. ACOG Practice Bulletin. Clinical management guidelines for obstetrician-gynecologists. Number 15 April 2000. Premenstrual syndrome. Obstet Gynecol. 2000;95:1-9.
8. American Psychiatric Association. Proposed draft revisions to DSM disorders and criteria. DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/Pages/Default.aspx. Accessed February 23 2012.
9. Yonkers KA. The association between premenstrual dysphoric disorder and other mood disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 1997;58(suppl 15):19-25.
10. Klatzkin RR, Lindgren ME, Forneris CA, et al. Histories of major depression and premenstrual dysphoric disorder: evidence for phenotypic differences. Biol Psychol. 2010;84(2):235-247.
11. Payne JL, Roy PS, Murphy-Eberenz K, et al. Reproductive cycle-associated mood symptoms in women with major depression and bipolar disorder. J Affect Disord. 2007;99(1-3):221-229.
12. Kim DR, Gyulai L, Freeman EW, et al. Premenstrual dysphoric disorder and psychiatric co-morbidity. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2004;7(1):37-47.
13. Golding JM, Taylor DL, Menard L, et al. Prevalence of sexual abuse history in a sample of women seeking treatment for premenstrual syndrome. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol. 2000;21(2):69-80.
14. Girdler SS, Leserman J, Bunevicius R, et al. Persistent alterations in biological profiles in women with abuse histories: influence of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Health Psychol. 2007;26(2):201-213.
15. Pilver CE, Levy BR, Libby DJ, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder and trauma characteristics are correlates of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2011;14(5):383-393.
16. Girdler SS, Thompson KS, Light KC, et al. Historical sexual abuse and current thyroid axis profiles in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(3):403-410.
17. Girdler SS, Sherwood A, Hinderliter AL, et al. Biological correlates of abuse in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder and healthy controls. Psychosom Med. 2003;65(5):849-856.
18. Bunevicius R, Hinderliter AL, Light KC, et al. Histories of sexual abuse are associated with differential effects of clonidine on autonomic function in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychol. 2005;69(3):281-296.
19. Perkonigg A, Yonkers KA, Pfister H, et al. Risk factors for premenstrual dysphoric disorder in a community sample of young women: the role of traumatic events and posttraumatic stress disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(10):1314-1322.
20. Girdler SS, Pedersen CA, Stern RA, et al. Menstrual cycle and premenstrual syndrome: modifiers of cardiovascular reactivity in women. Health Psychol. 1993;12(3):180-192.
21. Endicott J, Nee J, Harrison W. Daily Record of Severity of Problems (DRSP): reliability and validity. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2006;9(1):41-49.
22. Cunningham J, Yonkers KA, O’Brien S, et al. Update on research and treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2009;17(2):120-137.
23. Pincus SM, Alam S, Rubinow DR, et al. Predicting response to leuprolide of women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder by daily mood rating dynamics. J Psychiatr Res. 2011;45(3):386-394.
24. Wyatt KM, Dimmock PW, Ismail KM, et al. The effectiveness of GnRHa with and without ‘add-back’ therapy in treating premenstrual syndrome: a meta analysis. BJOG. 2004;111(6):585-593.
25. Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL, et al. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results from the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2002;288(3):321-333.
26. Hahn PM, Van Vugt DA, Reid RL. A randomized placebo-controlled, crossover trial of danazol for the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 1995;20(2):193-209.
27. Bancroft J, Rennie D. The impact of oral contraceptives on the experience of perimenstrual mood clumsiness, food craving and other symptoms. J Psychosom Res. 1993;37(2):195-202.
28. Graham CA, Sherwin BB. A prospective treatment study of premenstrual symptoms using a triphasic oral contraceptive. J Psychosom Res. 1992;36(3):257-266.
29. Freeman EW, Halbreich U, Grubb GS, et al. An overview of four studies of a continuous oral contraceptive (levonorgestrel 90 mcg/ethinyl estradiol 20 mcg) on premenstrual dysphoric disorder and premenstrual syndrome [published online ahead of print December 5, 2011]. Contraception. doi: 10.1016/j.contraception.2011.09.010.
30. Lopez LM, Kaptein AA, Helmerhorst FM. Oral contraceptives containing drospirenone for premenstrual syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD006586.
31. Sullivan H, Furniss H, Spona J, et al. Effect of 21-day and 24-day oral contraceptive regimens containing gestodene (60 microg) andethinyl estradiol (15 microg) on ovarian activity. Fertil Steril. 1999;72(1):115-120.
32. Yonkers KA, Clark RH, Trivedi MH. The psychopharmacological treatment of nonmajor mood disorders. Mod Probl Pharmacopsychiatry. 1997;25:146-166.
33. Brown J, O’Brien PM, Marjoribanks J, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for premenstrual syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD001396.
34. Halbreich U. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and initial oral contraceptives for the treatment of PMDD: effective but not enough. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(7):566-572.
35. Freeman EW, Jabara S, Sondheimer SJ, et al. Citalopram in PMS patients with prior SSRI treatment failure: a preliminary study. J Womens Health Gend Based Med. 2002;11(5):
459-464.
36. Freeman EW, Rickels K, Sondheimer SJ, et al. Differential response to antidepressants in women with premenstrual syndrome/premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(10):932-939.
37. Steiner M, Pearlstein T, Cohen LS, et al. Expert guidelines for the treatment of severe PMS, PMDD, and comorbidities: the role of SSRIs. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2006;15(1):57-69.
38. Freeman EW. Luteal phase administration of agents for the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. CNS Drugs. 2004;18(7):453-468.
39. Yonkers KA, Holthausen GA, Poschman K, et al. Symptom-onset treatment for women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2006;26(2):198-202.
40. Freeman EW, Sondheimer SJ, Sammel MD, et al. A preliminary study of luteal phase versus symptom-onset dosing with escitalopram for premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(6):769-773.
1. Yonkers KA, O’Brien PM, Eriksson E. Premenstrual syndrome. Lancet. 2008;371(9619):1200-1210.
2. Halbreich U, Borenstein J, Pearlstein T, et al. The prevalence, impairment, impact and burden of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMS/PMDD). Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2008;28(suppl 3):1-23.
3. Wittchen HU, Becker E, Lieb R, et al. Prevalence, incidence and stability of premenstrual dysphoric disorder in the community. Psychol Med. 2002;32(1):119-132.
4. Hylan TR, Sundell K, Judge R. The impact of premenstrual symptomatology on functioning and treatment-seeking behavior: experience from the United States United Kingdom, and France. J Womens Health Gend Based Med. 1999;8(8):1043-1052.
5. Biggs WS, Demuth RH. Premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Am Fam Physician. 2011;84(8):918-924.
6. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
7. ACOG Practice Bulletin. Clinical management guidelines for obstetrician-gynecologists. Number 15 April 2000. Premenstrual syndrome. Obstet Gynecol. 2000;95:1-9.
8. American Psychiatric Association. Proposed draft revisions to DSM disorders and criteria. DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/Pages/Default.aspx. Accessed February 23 2012.
9. Yonkers KA. The association between premenstrual dysphoric disorder and other mood disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 1997;58(suppl 15):19-25.
10. Klatzkin RR, Lindgren ME, Forneris CA, et al. Histories of major depression and premenstrual dysphoric disorder: evidence for phenotypic differences. Biol Psychol. 2010;84(2):235-247.
11. Payne JL, Roy PS, Murphy-Eberenz K, et al. Reproductive cycle-associated mood symptoms in women with major depression and bipolar disorder. J Affect Disord. 2007;99(1-3):221-229.
12. Kim DR, Gyulai L, Freeman EW, et al. Premenstrual dysphoric disorder and psychiatric co-morbidity. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2004;7(1):37-47.
13. Golding JM, Taylor DL, Menard L, et al. Prevalence of sexual abuse history in a sample of women seeking treatment for premenstrual syndrome. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol. 2000;21(2):69-80.
14. Girdler SS, Leserman J, Bunevicius R, et al. Persistent alterations in biological profiles in women with abuse histories: influence of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Health Psychol. 2007;26(2):201-213.
15. Pilver CE, Levy BR, Libby DJ, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder and trauma characteristics are correlates of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2011;14(5):383-393.
16. Girdler SS, Thompson KS, Light KC, et al. Historical sexual abuse and current thyroid axis profiles in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Psychosom Med. 2004;66(3):403-410.
17. Girdler SS, Sherwood A, Hinderliter AL, et al. Biological correlates of abuse in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder and healthy controls. Psychosom Med. 2003;65(5):849-856.
18. Bunevicius R, Hinderliter AL, Light KC, et al. Histories of sexual abuse are associated with differential effects of clonidine on autonomic function in women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Biol Psychol. 2005;69(3):281-296.
19. Perkonigg A, Yonkers KA, Pfister H, et al. Risk factors for premenstrual dysphoric disorder in a community sample of young women: the role of traumatic events and posttraumatic stress disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(10):1314-1322.
20. Girdler SS, Pedersen CA, Stern RA, et al. Menstrual cycle and premenstrual syndrome: modifiers of cardiovascular reactivity in women. Health Psychol. 1993;12(3):180-192.
21. Endicott J, Nee J, Harrison W. Daily Record of Severity of Problems (DRSP): reliability and validity. Arch Womens Ment Health. 2006;9(1):41-49.
22. Cunningham J, Yonkers KA, O’Brien S, et al. Update on research and treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2009;17(2):120-137.
23. Pincus SM, Alam S, Rubinow DR, et al. Predicting response to leuprolide of women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder by daily mood rating dynamics. J Psychiatr Res. 2011;45(3):386-394.
24. Wyatt KM, Dimmock PW, Ismail KM, et al. The effectiveness of GnRHa with and without ‘add-back’ therapy in treating premenstrual syndrome: a meta analysis. BJOG. 2004;111(6):585-593.
25. Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL, et al. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results from the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2002;288(3):321-333.
26. Hahn PM, Van Vugt DA, Reid RL. A randomized placebo-controlled, crossover trial of danazol for the treatment of premenstrual syndrome. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 1995;20(2):193-209.
27. Bancroft J, Rennie D. The impact of oral contraceptives on the experience of perimenstrual mood clumsiness, food craving and other symptoms. J Psychosom Res. 1993;37(2):195-202.
28. Graham CA, Sherwin BB. A prospective treatment study of premenstrual symptoms using a triphasic oral contraceptive. J Psychosom Res. 1992;36(3):257-266.
29. Freeman EW, Halbreich U, Grubb GS, et al. An overview of four studies of a continuous oral contraceptive (levonorgestrel 90 mcg/ethinyl estradiol 20 mcg) on premenstrual dysphoric disorder and premenstrual syndrome [published online ahead of print December 5, 2011]. Contraception. doi: 10.1016/j.contraception.2011.09.010.
30. Lopez LM, Kaptein AA, Helmerhorst FM. Oral contraceptives containing drospirenone for premenstrual syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD006586.
31. Sullivan H, Furniss H, Spona J, et al. Effect of 21-day and 24-day oral contraceptive regimens containing gestodene (60 microg) andethinyl estradiol (15 microg) on ovarian activity. Fertil Steril. 1999;72(1):115-120.
32. Yonkers KA, Clark RH, Trivedi MH. The psychopharmacological treatment of nonmajor mood disorders. Mod Probl Pharmacopsychiatry. 1997;25:146-166.
33. Brown J, O’Brien PM, Marjoribanks J, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for premenstrual syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD001396.
34. Halbreich U. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and initial oral contraceptives for the treatment of PMDD: effective but not enough. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(7):566-572.
35. Freeman EW, Jabara S, Sondheimer SJ, et al. Citalopram in PMS patients with prior SSRI treatment failure: a preliminary study. J Womens Health Gend Based Med. 2002;11(5):
459-464.
36. Freeman EW, Rickels K, Sondheimer SJ, et al. Differential response to antidepressants in women with premenstrual syndrome/premenstrual dysphoric disorder: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(10):932-939.
37. Steiner M, Pearlstein T, Cohen LS, et al. Expert guidelines for the treatment of severe PMS, PMDD, and comorbidities: the role of SSRIs. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2006;15(1):57-69.
38. Freeman EW. Luteal phase administration of agents for the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder. CNS Drugs. 2004;18(7):453-468.
39. Yonkers KA, Holthausen GA, Poschman K, et al. Symptom-onset treatment for women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2006;26(2):198-202.
40. Freeman EW, Sondheimer SJ, Sammel MD, et al. A preliminary study of luteal phase versus symptom-onset dosing with escitalopram for premenstrual dysphoric disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(6):769-773.
Is psychiatry ripe for creative destruction?
Psychiatry has many strengths, some weaknesses, and quite a few threats. Therefore, it is vital that psychiatry aggressively focuses on emerging opportunities and exploits them to reinvent its future.
To do that effectively, psychiatry must undergo a process of “creative destruction”1 to shed its old baggage and tenets, and reinvent itself as a premier medical specialty anchored in evidence-based behavioral neuroscience.
For quite some time, psychiatrists have been patiently waiting for disruptive discoveries catalyzed by ongoing momentous advances and innovative technologies generated by discoveries in molecular genetics and neurobiology. However, psychiatry needs to embrace not only disruptive technologies but also “disruptive thinking” to help reengineer its structure and function and lead to a quantum leap toward a brilliant future anchored in cutting-edge neuroscience.
What facets of psychiatry could undergo creative destruction? What sacred cows should be sacrificed on the altar of necessary, creative change? Imagine the following scenarios:
Create a new name. The term “psychiatry” is based on the archaic concept of “the psyche” from an era of ignorance about the brain generating the mind. Psyche has outlived its usefulness and needs to be shed. A new name incorporating neural structures and functions must reflect the brain mechanisms that generate abnormal thought, mood, or cognition. In addition, the labels currently attached to psychiatric disorders also could also be changed, including stigmatizing diagnoses such as schizophrenia, mania, or borderline personality disorder. New names for such disorders can be linked to brain lesions, pathways, or circuits underlying them. Several years ago Japan replaced the term “schizophrenia” with “integration disorder,” which was met with a positive response from patients and practitioners.2
Destroy false mythology. Misconception and lore of what psychiatry is or is not continues to mislead and distort its scientific principles, goals, and procedures. Creative destruction will give rise to a scientific identity, transcending the absurd fables that shrouded psychiatry since its formative years.
Revolutionize diagnostic models. Current diagnostic schemes are obsolete and must be deconstructed and creatively reinvented based on scientific findings, not just a set of clinical signs and symptoms. The creative destruction process will draw upon scientific breakthroughs and pathophysiological findings psychiatric neuroscientists are discovering (almost daily!). Numerous lab data have been developed for psychiatric disorders, but extensive heterogeneity has prevented diagnostic or commercial use of those tests because of sensitivity/specificity variability.
Design novel treatment approaches. Innovations are desperately needed to create new therapeutics for psychiatric brain disorders. Several dogmas must be slain (such as “chemical imbalance”) and replaced with modern “brain repair” processes, including neuroplasticity and neuroprotection. This would accelerate novel brain interventions such as neuromodulation (eg, repetitive transcranial magnetic simulation, vagus nerve stimulation, and deep brain stimulation) and may set the stage for gene-based therapies, including epigenetic silencing of genes associated with specific disorders. Psychotherapy must be reframed as “verbal neurotherapy” because it certainly leads to salutary neuroplastic changes. As for pharmacologic agents, a new paradigm translating neurobiologic discoveries into effective “neurobiotherapies” must become the pharmaceutical industry’s new focus; a paradigm shift to different delivery systems (intravenous, intranasal, intrathecal, etc.) that can rapidly switch off hallucinations, anxiety attacks, depression, or suicidal urges. Examples of this already exist.3
Transform the delivery system setting. The disastrously dysfunctional public mental health bureaucracy must be abandoned and transformed into “brain institutes,” in all states, similar to cancer centers or cardiovascular institutes, where state-of-the-art clinical care, training, and research are integrated.
New specialization and training model. The psychiatrist of the future ideally will be double boarded in neurology and psychiatry, function more like behavioral neurologists, and provide psychotherapy as needed. A full, accurate assessment of the “mind” cannot be accomplished without a complete assessment of the brain because the mind essentially is the virtual brain. Assessment and management of schizophrenia, depression, or obsessive-compulsive disorder should be no less rigorous neurologically than that of stroke, multiple sclerosis, or Parkinson’s disease.
New image. Psychiatry’s new identity must project a distinctly scientific new image as a superb and highly regarded medical discipline. Creative destruction would involve a difficult transition for “grandfathered” psychiatrists, who will have to abandon old habits and attitudes and retool to adopt new skills. Embracing radical change can be challenging, but we can count on psychiatrists’ abilities and their resilience in adapting to change to when it occurs.
A new destiny. Just as the stunning metamorphosis from embryo to larva, pupa, and imago precedes the emergence of a magnificent butterfly, psychiatry must shatter its cocoon and emerge into a new reality and destiny. Creative destruction is the means for renewal. It is scary to some and exciting to others, but imperative for all.
Reference
1. Schumpter J. Capitalism socialism, and democracy. London, UK: Routledge; 1992 (originally published 1942).
2. Takahashi H, Ideno T, Okubo S, et al. Impact of changing the Japanese term for “schizophrenia” for reasons of stereotypical beliefs of schizophrenia in Japanese youth. Schizophr Res. 2009;112(1-3):149-152.
3. Ibrahim L, Diazgranados N, Luckenbaugh DA, et al. Rapid decrease in depressive symptoms with an N-methyl-d-aspartate antagonist in ECT-resistant major depression. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2011;35(4):1155-1159.
Psychiatry has many strengths, some weaknesses, and quite a few threats. Therefore, it is vital that psychiatry aggressively focuses on emerging opportunities and exploits them to reinvent its future.
To do that effectively, psychiatry must undergo a process of “creative destruction”1 to shed its old baggage and tenets, and reinvent itself as a premier medical specialty anchored in evidence-based behavioral neuroscience.
For quite some time, psychiatrists have been patiently waiting for disruptive discoveries catalyzed by ongoing momentous advances and innovative technologies generated by discoveries in molecular genetics and neurobiology. However, psychiatry needs to embrace not only disruptive technologies but also “disruptive thinking” to help reengineer its structure and function and lead to a quantum leap toward a brilliant future anchored in cutting-edge neuroscience.
What facets of psychiatry could undergo creative destruction? What sacred cows should be sacrificed on the altar of necessary, creative change? Imagine the following scenarios:
Create a new name. The term “psychiatry” is based on the archaic concept of “the psyche” from an era of ignorance about the brain generating the mind. Psyche has outlived its usefulness and needs to be shed. A new name incorporating neural structures and functions must reflect the brain mechanisms that generate abnormal thought, mood, or cognition. In addition, the labels currently attached to psychiatric disorders also could also be changed, including stigmatizing diagnoses such as schizophrenia, mania, or borderline personality disorder. New names for such disorders can be linked to brain lesions, pathways, or circuits underlying them. Several years ago Japan replaced the term “schizophrenia” with “integration disorder,” which was met with a positive response from patients and practitioners.2
Destroy false mythology. Misconception and lore of what psychiatry is or is not continues to mislead and distort its scientific principles, goals, and procedures. Creative destruction will give rise to a scientific identity, transcending the absurd fables that shrouded psychiatry since its formative years.
Revolutionize diagnostic models. Current diagnostic schemes are obsolete and must be deconstructed and creatively reinvented based on scientific findings, not just a set of clinical signs and symptoms. The creative destruction process will draw upon scientific breakthroughs and pathophysiological findings psychiatric neuroscientists are discovering (almost daily!). Numerous lab data have been developed for psychiatric disorders, but extensive heterogeneity has prevented diagnostic or commercial use of those tests because of sensitivity/specificity variability.
Design novel treatment approaches. Innovations are desperately needed to create new therapeutics for psychiatric brain disorders. Several dogmas must be slain (such as “chemical imbalance”) and replaced with modern “brain repair” processes, including neuroplasticity and neuroprotection. This would accelerate novel brain interventions such as neuromodulation (eg, repetitive transcranial magnetic simulation, vagus nerve stimulation, and deep brain stimulation) and may set the stage for gene-based therapies, including epigenetic silencing of genes associated with specific disorders. Psychotherapy must be reframed as “verbal neurotherapy” because it certainly leads to salutary neuroplastic changes. As for pharmacologic agents, a new paradigm translating neurobiologic discoveries into effective “neurobiotherapies” must become the pharmaceutical industry’s new focus; a paradigm shift to different delivery systems (intravenous, intranasal, intrathecal, etc.) that can rapidly switch off hallucinations, anxiety attacks, depression, or suicidal urges. Examples of this already exist.3
Transform the delivery system setting. The disastrously dysfunctional public mental health bureaucracy must be abandoned and transformed into “brain institutes,” in all states, similar to cancer centers or cardiovascular institutes, where state-of-the-art clinical care, training, and research are integrated.
New specialization and training model. The psychiatrist of the future ideally will be double boarded in neurology and psychiatry, function more like behavioral neurologists, and provide psychotherapy as needed. A full, accurate assessment of the “mind” cannot be accomplished without a complete assessment of the brain because the mind essentially is the virtual brain. Assessment and management of schizophrenia, depression, or obsessive-compulsive disorder should be no less rigorous neurologically than that of stroke, multiple sclerosis, or Parkinson’s disease.
New image. Psychiatry’s new identity must project a distinctly scientific new image as a superb and highly regarded medical discipline. Creative destruction would involve a difficult transition for “grandfathered” psychiatrists, who will have to abandon old habits and attitudes and retool to adopt new skills. Embracing radical change can be challenging, but we can count on psychiatrists’ abilities and their resilience in adapting to change to when it occurs.
A new destiny. Just as the stunning metamorphosis from embryo to larva, pupa, and imago precedes the emergence of a magnificent butterfly, psychiatry must shatter its cocoon and emerge into a new reality and destiny. Creative destruction is the means for renewal. It is scary to some and exciting to others, but imperative for all.
Psychiatry has many strengths, some weaknesses, and quite a few threats. Therefore, it is vital that psychiatry aggressively focuses on emerging opportunities and exploits them to reinvent its future.
To do that effectively, psychiatry must undergo a process of “creative destruction”1 to shed its old baggage and tenets, and reinvent itself as a premier medical specialty anchored in evidence-based behavioral neuroscience.
For quite some time, psychiatrists have been patiently waiting for disruptive discoveries catalyzed by ongoing momentous advances and innovative technologies generated by discoveries in molecular genetics and neurobiology. However, psychiatry needs to embrace not only disruptive technologies but also “disruptive thinking” to help reengineer its structure and function and lead to a quantum leap toward a brilliant future anchored in cutting-edge neuroscience.
What facets of psychiatry could undergo creative destruction? What sacred cows should be sacrificed on the altar of necessary, creative change? Imagine the following scenarios:
Create a new name. The term “psychiatry” is based on the archaic concept of “the psyche” from an era of ignorance about the brain generating the mind. Psyche has outlived its usefulness and needs to be shed. A new name incorporating neural structures and functions must reflect the brain mechanisms that generate abnormal thought, mood, or cognition. In addition, the labels currently attached to psychiatric disorders also could also be changed, including stigmatizing diagnoses such as schizophrenia, mania, or borderline personality disorder. New names for such disorders can be linked to brain lesions, pathways, or circuits underlying them. Several years ago Japan replaced the term “schizophrenia” with “integration disorder,” which was met with a positive response from patients and practitioners.2
Destroy false mythology. Misconception and lore of what psychiatry is or is not continues to mislead and distort its scientific principles, goals, and procedures. Creative destruction will give rise to a scientific identity, transcending the absurd fables that shrouded psychiatry since its formative years.
Revolutionize diagnostic models. Current diagnostic schemes are obsolete and must be deconstructed and creatively reinvented based on scientific findings, not just a set of clinical signs and symptoms. The creative destruction process will draw upon scientific breakthroughs and pathophysiological findings psychiatric neuroscientists are discovering (almost daily!). Numerous lab data have been developed for psychiatric disorders, but extensive heterogeneity has prevented diagnostic or commercial use of those tests because of sensitivity/specificity variability.
Design novel treatment approaches. Innovations are desperately needed to create new therapeutics for psychiatric brain disorders. Several dogmas must be slain (such as “chemical imbalance”) and replaced with modern “brain repair” processes, including neuroplasticity and neuroprotection. This would accelerate novel brain interventions such as neuromodulation (eg, repetitive transcranial magnetic simulation, vagus nerve stimulation, and deep brain stimulation) and may set the stage for gene-based therapies, including epigenetic silencing of genes associated with specific disorders. Psychotherapy must be reframed as “verbal neurotherapy” because it certainly leads to salutary neuroplastic changes. As for pharmacologic agents, a new paradigm translating neurobiologic discoveries into effective “neurobiotherapies” must become the pharmaceutical industry’s new focus; a paradigm shift to different delivery systems (intravenous, intranasal, intrathecal, etc.) that can rapidly switch off hallucinations, anxiety attacks, depression, or suicidal urges. Examples of this already exist.3
Transform the delivery system setting. The disastrously dysfunctional public mental health bureaucracy must be abandoned and transformed into “brain institutes,” in all states, similar to cancer centers or cardiovascular institutes, where state-of-the-art clinical care, training, and research are integrated.
New specialization and training model. The psychiatrist of the future ideally will be double boarded in neurology and psychiatry, function more like behavioral neurologists, and provide psychotherapy as needed. A full, accurate assessment of the “mind” cannot be accomplished without a complete assessment of the brain because the mind essentially is the virtual brain. Assessment and management of schizophrenia, depression, or obsessive-compulsive disorder should be no less rigorous neurologically than that of stroke, multiple sclerosis, or Parkinson’s disease.
New image. Psychiatry’s new identity must project a distinctly scientific new image as a superb and highly regarded medical discipline. Creative destruction would involve a difficult transition for “grandfathered” psychiatrists, who will have to abandon old habits and attitudes and retool to adopt new skills. Embracing radical change can be challenging, but we can count on psychiatrists’ abilities and their resilience in adapting to change to when it occurs.
A new destiny. Just as the stunning metamorphosis from embryo to larva, pupa, and imago precedes the emergence of a magnificent butterfly, psychiatry must shatter its cocoon and emerge into a new reality and destiny. Creative destruction is the means for renewal. It is scary to some and exciting to others, but imperative for all.
Reference
1. Schumpter J. Capitalism socialism, and democracy. London, UK: Routledge; 1992 (originally published 1942).
2. Takahashi H, Ideno T, Okubo S, et al. Impact of changing the Japanese term for “schizophrenia” for reasons of stereotypical beliefs of schizophrenia in Japanese youth. Schizophr Res. 2009;112(1-3):149-152.
3. Ibrahim L, Diazgranados N, Luckenbaugh DA, et al. Rapid decrease in depressive symptoms with an N-methyl-d-aspartate antagonist in ECT-resistant major depression. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2011;35(4):1155-1159.
Reference
1. Schumpter J. Capitalism socialism, and democracy. London, UK: Routledge; 1992 (originally published 1942).
2. Takahashi H, Ideno T, Okubo S, et al. Impact of changing the Japanese term for “schizophrenia” for reasons of stereotypical beliefs of schizophrenia in Japanese youth. Schizophr Res. 2009;112(1-3):149-152.
3. Ibrahim L, Diazgranados N, Luckenbaugh DA, et al. Rapid decrease in depressive symptoms with an N-methyl-d-aspartate antagonist in ECT-resistant major depression. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2011;35(4):1155-1159.
Getting ready for DSM-5: Psychotic disorders
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
In DSM-IV,1 the section on schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders includes schizophrenia (with 5 subtypes), schizophreniform disorder, schizoaffective disorder, delusional disorder, shared psychotic disorder, brief psychotic disorder, substance-induced psychotic disorder, psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition, and psychotic disorder not otherwise specified. As we consider proposed changes to DSM-5 (Table 1),2 it is useful to consider limitations in our current construct of schizophrenia.
Table 1
Psychotic disorders in DSM-5: Summary of proposed changes
| Replace existing subtypes with dimensions |
| Include diagnosis of attenuated psychosis syndrome |
| Modify criteria for schizoaffective disorder |
| ‘Delink’ catatonia from schizophrenia |
| Source: Reference 2 |
First, many etiological factors and pathophysiological processes appear relevant to what we consider schizophrenia and it is almost certain that our construct of schizophrenia encompasses not one but numerous diseases with a shared phenotype.3-5
Second, the boundary between schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder is imprecisely defined, and a proportion of patients with schizophrenia with some mood symptoms may inappropriately receive a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis. This is compounded by the poor reliability and low diagnostic stability of a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis.6-8
Third, the current classic schizophrenia subtypes provide an inadequate description of the enormous heterogeneity of this condition. Additionally, subtype stability is low, and only the paranoid and undifferentiated subtypes are used frequently in clinical practice.
Fourth, the prominence given to Schneiderian first-rank symptoms (“bizarre” delusions or “special” hallucinations) appears misplaced.
Fifth, the current construct of schizophrenia inadequately describes the major psychopathological dimensions of the condition and stages of its evolution.8,9
Finally, the current clinical construct of schizophrenia does not match neurobiological markers and genetic findings or specific pharmacological treatment provided.5,10 Proposed DSM-5 revisions2 to the definition of schizophrenia to address these limitations are summarized below.
Schizophrenia syndrome
Proposed changes to the diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia are modest and continuity with DSM-IV is broadly maintained. Two modest changes to criterion A (active phase symptoms) are proposed:
- Eliminate special treatment of bizarre delusions and other Schneiderian first-rank symptoms. In DSM-IV, only 1 criterion A is required if it is a bizarre delusion or hallucination. Because Schneiderian first-rank symptoms do not have diagnostic specificity and diagnosing “bizarreness” of delusions and hallucinations has low reliability, it is proposed that these positive symptoms be treated like any other with regard to their diagnostic implications.
- Require that at least 1 of the 2 symptoms required to meet criterion A be delusions, hallucinations, or disorganized thinking. These are core positive symptoms diagnosed with high reliability and might reasonably be considered necessary for a reliable schizophrenia diagnosis.
Subtypes
The DSM-5 proposal for describing schizophrenia advocates eliminating DSM-IV schizophrenia subtypes. These subtypes have limited diagnostic stability, low reliability, and poor validity. Furthermore, except for the paranoid and undifferentiated subtypes, other subtypes rarely are used in most mental health care systems.
Schizoaffective disorder
Characterizing patients with both psychotic and mood symptoms either concurrently or at different points during their illness always has been controversial. In DSM-I and DSM-II, a diagnosis of schizophrenia, schizoaffective subtype, generally was recommended for such patients. DSM-III reversed this recommendation and specified that schizophrenia was to be diagnosed only in the absence of prominent mood symptoms. Furthermore, in DSM-III, diagnosing schizoaffective disorder was strongly discouraged, and it was the only condition in DSM-III without operational criteria. Schizoaffective disorder saw a revival in DSM-III-R that has continued through DSM-IV. In fact, in many mental health care systems, almost one-third of patients with psychotic symptoms receive a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis. One of the insidious changes to the definition of schizoaffective disorder from DSM-III to DSM-IV is that it moved from being a lifetime diagnosis to a cross-sectional diagnosis—ie, in DSM-IV, only mood/psychotic symptoms in the current episode are considered, and the longitudinal course of these symptoms in the patient’s life are ignored. The current DSM-5 proposal attempts to improve reliability of this diagnosis by providing more specific criteria and is reconceptualizing schizoaffective disorder as a longitudinal diagnosis. To this end, the most significant proposed change is to criterion C of schizoaffective disorder, which attempts to demarcate schizoaffective disorder from schizophrenia with prominent mood symptoms. Criterion C will be revised to state “symptoms that meet criteria for a mood episode are present for a majority (>50%) of the total duration of the active and residual periods of the illness.”2
Psychopathological dimensions
Schizophrenic illness is characterized by several psychopathological domains, with a distinctive course, patterns of treatment-response, and prognostic implications. The relative severity of symptom dimensions—positive, negative, mood, disorganization, motor, and cognitive—vary among patients and also within patients at different stages of their illness. Measuring the relative severity of these symptom dimensions throughout the illness course can provide clinicians with useful information about the nature of a patient’s schizophrenic illness and the specific impact of treatment on different aspects of his or her illness (Table 2). In addition to being clinically useful, dimensional measurement also should improve schizophrenia research because having dimensional information will permit studies on etiology and pathogenesis that cut across current diagnostic categories. Although field trials are evaluating 9 dimensions—delusions, hallucinations, disorganization, depression, mania, cognitive impairment, restricted emotional expression, avolition, and psychomotor—it is likely that fewer dimensions will be recommended for DSM-5, based on reliability results of these trials, clinical utility, and logistic feasibility in routine clinical settings.
Table 2
Goals of a dimensional approach to schizophrenia
| Better understanding of schizophrenia |
| Distinct dimensions of illness |
| Distinct stages of illness |
| Elucidation of neurobiology |
| More precise delineation of etiology |
| More refined treatment development |
| Direction at specific dimension-endophenotype |
| Stage-specific treatment |
| Novel treatment targets |
Attenuated psychosis syndrome
Some clinicians and researchers believe that many patients with schizophrenia experience unsatisfactory outcomes because we identify the illness and initiate treatment after substantial brain tissue damage has occurred. Introducing attenuated psychosis syndrome will support clinicians’ efforts to recognize mild psychotic symptoms early in their evolution and to monitor—and if necessary, intervene—during these crucial early stages. Risks include possible stigma and inappropriate use of medications and other treatments. This controversial proposal is being field tested. It is unclear if this category will be included in DSM-5 and if it does, whether it will be in the main text or the appendix.
Catatonia
Catatonia will be used as a specifier for various psychotic disorders, major mood disorders, and associated with a general medical condition. Additionally, the same criteria will be used to diagnose catatonia across DSM-5. Catatonia Not Elsewhere Classified might be added as a residual category for other conditions in which a clear catatonic syndrome is present and the parent disorder has not yet been identified.2
Other psychotic disorders
Relatively minor changes are proposed in criteria for other disorders in this section. There are likely to be changes in the text, however, that incorporate new information about these conditions generated since publication of DSM-IV-TR in 2000. Some proposed changes include:
- deleting shared delusional disorder (folie à deux) as a separate diagnosis and instead characterizing it as a specifier for delusional disorder
- clarifying the distinction between substance-induced psychotic disorder and other psychotic disorders accompanied by comorbid substance use.
Current status of DSM-5
Field trials are being completed and their results remain to be analyzed. Major changes being evaluated in the field trials include:
- the impact of the change in concept and criteria for schizoaffective disorder
- the addition of a series of psychopathology dimensions
- the impact of adding attenuated psychosis syndrome as a new class.
Changes proposed by the Psychosis Disorders Work Group are intended to increase clinical utility (fewer diagnoses, better demarcation between disorders, greater treatment relevance [dimensions]) and modestly improve validity (more consistent with current information about the nature of various psychotic disorders), while retaining reliability in diagnosing various psychotic disorders (and improving it for schizoaffective disorder). Proposed changes are modest by and large but hope to set a better stage for a future etiopathophysiological classification.
The Psychosis Disorders Work Group’s recommendations are posted on the DSM-5 Web site2 at www.dsm5.org and are being reviewed by 2 expert committees established by the American Psychiatric Association Board of Trustees: a Scientific Review Committee and a Clinical and Public Health Implications Committee. Based on the results of the field trials, ongoing reviews, and other emerging data and discussions, additional changes to the current DSM-5 proposals may occur. DSM-5 is likely to be finalized in early 2013 and the published manual will be released in May 2013.
Related Resources
- American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 Development. www.dsm5.org.
- Woods SW, McGlashan TH. The risk-benefit ratio of the proposed DSM-5 attenuated psychosis syndrome. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1338.
Disclosure
Dr. Tandon is a member of the DSM-5 Psychotic Disorders Work Group. He is solely responsible for the content of this article.
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1994.
2. American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org. Accessed March 19, 2011.
3. Tandon R, Keshavan MS, Nasrallah HA. Schizophrenia “just the facts”: what we know in 2008. Part 1: overview. Schizophr Res. 2008;100(1-3):4-19.
4. Tandon R, Keshavan MS, Nasrallah HA. Schizophrenia “just the facts” what we know in 2008. 2: epidemiology and etiology. Schizophr Res. 2008;102(1-3):1-18.
5. Keshavan MS, Tandon R, Boutros N, et al. Schizophrenia, “just the facts” what we know in 2008. Part 3: neurobiology. Schizophr Res. 2008;106(2-3):89-107.
6. Tandon R, Maj M. Nosological status and definition of schizophrenia. Some considerations for DSM-V and ICD-11. Asian Journal of Psychiatry. 2008;1(2):22-27.
7. Fiedorowicz JG, Epping EA, Flaum M. Toward defining schizophrenia as a more useful clinical construct. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2008;10(4):344-351.
8. Tandon R, Nasrallah HA, Keshavan MS. Schizophrenia “just the facts” 4. Clinical features and conceptualization. Schizophr Res. 2009;110(1-3):1-23.
9. McGorry PD. Risk syndromes clinical staging, and DSM V: new diagnostic infrastructure for early intervention in psychiatry. Schizophr Res. 2010;120(1-3):49-53.
10. Tandon R, Nasrallah HA, Keshavan MS. Schizophrenia “just the facts” 5. Treatment and prevention. Past, present, and future. Schizophr Res. 2010;122(1-3):1-23.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
In DSM-IV,1 the section on schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders includes schizophrenia (with 5 subtypes), schizophreniform disorder, schizoaffective disorder, delusional disorder, shared psychotic disorder, brief psychotic disorder, substance-induced psychotic disorder, psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition, and psychotic disorder not otherwise specified. As we consider proposed changes to DSM-5 (Table 1),2 it is useful to consider limitations in our current construct of schizophrenia.
Table 1
Psychotic disorders in DSM-5: Summary of proposed changes
| Replace existing subtypes with dimensions |
| Include diagnosis of attenuated psychosis syndrome |
| Modify criteria for schizoaffective disorder |
| ‘Delink’ catatonia from schizophrenia |
| Source: Reference 2 |
First, many etiological factors and pathophysiological processes appear relevant to what we consider schizophrenia and it is almost certain that our construct of schizophrenia encompasses not one but numerous diseases with a shared phenotype.3-5
Second, the boundary between schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder is imprecisely defined, and a proportion of patients with schizophrenia with some mood symptoms may inappropriately receive a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis. This is compounded by the poor reliability and low diagnostic stability of a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis.6-8
Third, the current classic schizophrenia subtypes provide an inadequate description of the enormous heterogeneity of this condition. Additionally, subtype stability is low, and only the paranoid and undifferentiated subtypes are used frequently in clinical practice.
Fourth, the prominence given to Schneiderian first-rank symptoms (“bizarre” delusions or “special” hallucinations) appears misplaced.
Fifth, the current construct of schizophrenia inadequately describes the major psychopathological dimensions of the condition and stages of its evolution.8,9
Finally, the current clinical construct of schizophrenia does not match neurobiological markers and genetic findings or specific pharmacological treatment provided.5,10 Proposed DSM-5 revisions2 to the definition of schizophrenia to address these limitations are summarized below.
Schizophrenia syndrome
Proposed changes to the diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia are modest and continuity with DSM-IV is broadly maintained. Two modest changes to criterion A (active phase symptoms) are proposed:
- Eliminate special treatment of bizarre delusions and other Schneiderian first-rank symptoms. In DSM-IV, only 1 criterion A is required if it is a bizarre delusion or hallucination. Because Schneiderian first-rank symptoms do not have diagnostic specificity and diagnosing “bizarreness” of delusions and hallucinations has low reliability, it is proposed that these positive symptoms be treated like any other with regard to their diagnostic implications.
- Require that at least 1 of the 2 symptoms required to meet criterion A be delusions, hallucinations, or disorganized thinking. These are core positive symptoms diagnosed with high reliability and might reasonably be considered necessary for a reliable schizophrenia diagnosis.
Subtypes
The DSM-5 proposal for describing schizophrenia advocates eliminating DSM-IV schizophrenia subtypes. These subtypes have limited diagnostic stability, low reliability, and poor validity. Furthermore, except for the paranoid and undifferentiated subtypes, other subtypes rarely are used in most mental health care systems.
Schizoaffective disorder
Characterizing patients with both psychotic and mood symptoms either concurrently or at different points during their illness always has been controversial. In DSM-I and DSM-II, a diagnosis of schizophrenia, schizoaffective subtype, generally was recommended for such patients. DSM-III reversed this recommendation and specified that schizophrenia was to be diagnosed only in the absence of prominent mood symptoms. Furthermore, in DSM-III, diagnosing schizoaffective disorder was strongly discouraged, and it was the only condition in DSM-III without operational criteria. Schizoaffective disorder saw a revival in DSM-III-R that has continued through DSM-IV. In fact, in many mental health care systems, almost one-third of patients with psychotic symptoms receive a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis. One of the insidious changes to the definition of schizoaffective disorder from DSM-III to DSM-IV is that it moved from being a lifetime diagnosis to a cross-sectional diagnosis—ie, in DSM-IV, only mood/psychotic symptoms in the current episode are considered, and the longitudinal course of these symptoms in the patient’s life are ignored. The current DSM-5 proposal attempts to improve reliability of this diagnosis by providing more specific criteria and is reconceptualizing schizoaffective disorder as a longitudinal diagnosis. To this end, the most significant proposed change is to criterion C of schizoaffective disorder, which attempts to demarcate schizoaffective disorder from schizophrenia with prominent mood symptoms. Criterion C will be revised to state “symptoms that meet criteria for a mood episode are present for a majority (>50%) of the total duration of the active and residual periods of the illness.”2
Psychopathological dimensions
Schizophrenic illness is characterized by several psychopathological domains, with a distinctive course, patterns of treatment-response, and prognostic implications. The relative severity of symptom dimensions—positive, negative, mood, disorganization, motor, and cognitive—vary among patients and also within patients at different stages of their illness. Measuring the relative severity of these symptom dimensions throughout the illness course can provide clinicians with useful information about the nature of a patient’s schizophrenic illness and the specific impact of treatment on different aspects of his or her illness (Table 2). In addition to being clinically useful, dimensional measurement also should improve schizophrenia research because having dimensional information will permit studies on etiology and pathogenesis that cut across current diagnostic categories. Although field trials are evaluating 9 dimensions—delusions, hallucinations, disorganization, depression, mania, cognitive impairment, restricted emotional expression, avolition, and psychomotor—it is likely that fewer dimensions will be recommended for DSM-5, based on reliability results of these trials, clinical utility, and logistic feasibility in routine clinical settings.
Table 2
Goals of a dimensional approach to schizophrenia
| Better understanding of schizophrenia |
| Distinct dimensions of illness |
| Distinct stages of illness |
| Elucidation of neurobiology |
| More precise delineation of etiology |
| More refined treatment development |
| Direction at specific dimension-endophenotype |
| Stage-specific treatment |
| Novel treatment targets |
Attenuated psychosis syndrome
Some clinicians and researchers believe that many patients with schizophrenia experience unsatisfactory outcomes because we identify the illness and initiate treatment after substantial brain tissue damage has occurred. Introducing attenuated psychosis syndrome will support clinicians’ efforts to recognize mild psychotic symptoms early in their evolution and to monitor—and if necessary, intervene—during these crucial early stages. Risks include possible stigma and inappropriate use of medications and other treatments. This controversial proposal is being field tested. It is unclear if this category will be included in DSM-5 and if it does, whether it will be in the main text or the appendix.
Catatonia
Catatonia will be used as a specifier for various psychotic disorders, major mood disorders, and associated with a general medical condition. Additionally, the same criteria will be used to diagnose catatonia across DSM-5. Catatonia Not Elsewhere Classified might be added as a residual category for other conditions in which a clear catatonic syndrome is present and the parent disorder has not yet been identified.2
Other psychotic disorders
Relatively minor changes are proposed in criteria for other disorders in this section. There are likely to be changes in the text, however, that incorporate new information about these conditions generated since publication of DSM-IV-TR in 2000. Some proposed changes include:
- deleting shared delusional disorder (folie à deux) as a separate diagnosis and instead characterizing it as a specifier for delusional disorder
- clarifying the distinction between substance-induced psychotic disorder and other psychotic disorders accompanied by comorbid substance use.
Current status of DSM-5
Field trials are being completed and their results remain to be analyzed. Major changes being evaluated in the field trials include:
- the impact of the change in concept and criteria for schizoaffective disorder
- the addition of a series of psychopathology dimensions
- the impact of adding attenuated psychosis syndrome as a new class.
Changes proposed by the Psychosis Disorders Work Group are intended to increase clinical utility (fewer diagnoses, better demarcation between disorders, greater treatment relevance [dimensions]) and modestly improve validity (more consistent with current information about the nature of various psychotic disorders), while retaining reliability in diagnosing various psychotic disorders (and improving it for schizoaffective disorder). Proposed changes are modest by and large but hope to set a better stage for a future etiopathophysiological classification.
The Psychosis Disorders Work Group’s recommendations are posted on the DSM-5 Web site2 at www.dsm5.org and are being reviewed by 2 expert committees established by the American Psychiatric Association Board of Trustees: a Scientific Review Committee and a Clinical and Public Health Implications Committee. Based on the results of the field trials, ongoing reviews, and other emerging data and discussions, additional changes to the current DSM-5 proposals may occur. DSM-5 is likely to be finalized in early 2013 and the published manual will be released in May 2013.
Related Resources
- American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 Development. www.dsm5.org.
- Woods SW, McGlashan TH. The risk-benefit ratio of the proposed DSM-5 attenuated psychosis syndrome. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1338.
Disclosure
Dr. Tandon is a member of the DSM-5 Psychotic Disorders Work Group. He is solely responsible for the content of this article.
Discuss this article at www.facebook.com/CurrentPsychiatry
In DSM-IV,1 the section on schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders includes schizophrenia (with 5 subtypes), schizophreniform disorder, schizoaffective disorder, delusional disorder, shared psychotic disorder, brief psychotic disorder, substance-induced psychotic disorder, psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition, and psychotic disorder not otherwise specified. As we consider proposed changes to DSM-5 (Table 1),2 it is useful to consider limitations in our current construct of schizophrenia.
Table 1
Psychotic disorders in DSM-5: Summary of proposed changes
| Replace existing subtypes with dimensions |
| Include diagnosis of attenuated psychosis syndrome |
| Modify criteria for schizoaffective disorder |
| ‘Delink’ catatonia from schizophrenia |
| Source: Reference 2 |
First, many etiological factors and pathophysiological processes appear relevant to what we consider schizophrenia and it is almost certain that our construct of schizophrenia encompasses not one but numerous diseases with a shared phenotype.3-5
Second, the boundary between schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder is imprecisely defined, and a proportion of patients with schizophrenia with some mood symptoms may inappropriately receive a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis. This is compounded by the poor reliability and low diagnostic stability of a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis.6-8
Third, the current classic schizophrenia subtypes provide an inadequate description of the enormous heterogeneity of this condition. Additionally, subtype stability is low, and only the paranoid and undifferentiated subtypes are used frequently in clinical practice.
Fourth, the prominence given to Schneiderian first-rank symptoms (“bizarre” delusions or “special” hallucinations) appears misplaced.
Fifth, the current construct of schizophrenia inadequately describes the major psychopathological dimensions of the condition and stages of its evolution.8,9
Finally, the current clinical construct of schizophrenia does not match neurobiological markers and genetic findings or specific pharmacological treatment provided.5,10 Proposed DSM-5 revisions2 to the definition of schizophrenia to address these limitations are summarized below.
Schizophrenia syndrome
Proposed changes to the diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia are modest and continuity with DSM-IV is broadly maintained. Two modest changes to criterion A (active phase symptoms) are proposed:
- Eliminate special treatment of bizarre delusions and other Schneiderian first-rank symptoms. In DSM-IV, only 1 criterion A is required if it is a bizarre delusion or hallucination. Because Schneiderian first-rank symptoms do not have diagnostic specificity and diagnosing “bizarreness” of delusions and hallucinations has low reliability, it is proposed that these positive symptoms be treated like any other with regard to their diagnostic implications.
- Require that at least 1 of the 2 symptoms required to meet criterion A be delusions, hallucinations, or disorganized thinking. These are core positive symptoms diagnosed with high reliability and might reasonably be considered necessary for a reliable schizophrenia diagnosis.
Subtypes
The DSM-5 proposal for describing schizophrenia advocates eliminating DSM-IV schizophrenia subtypes. These subtypes have limited diagnostic stability, low reliability, and poor validity. Furthermore, except for the paranoid and undifferentiated subtypes, other subtypes rarely are used in most mental health care systems.
Schizoaffective disorder
Characterizing patients with both psychotic and mood symptoms either concurrently or at different points during their illness always has been controversial. In DSM-I and DSM-II, a diagnosis of schizophrenia, schizoaffective subtype, generally was recommended for such patients. DSM-III reversed this recommendation and specified that schizophrenia was to be diagnosed only in the absence of prominent mood symptoms. Furthermore, in DSM-III, diagnosing schizoaffective disorder was strongly discouraged, and it was the only condition in DSM-III without operational criteria. Schizoaffective disorder saw a revival in DSM-III-R that has continued through DSM-IV. In fact, in many mental health care systems, almost one-third of patients with psychotic symptoms receive a schizoaffective disorder diagnosis. One of the insidious changes to the definition of schizoaffective disorder from DSM-III to DSM-IV is that it moved from being a lifetime diagnosis to a cross-sectional diagnosis—ie, in DSM-IV, only mood/psychotic symptoms in the current episode are considered, and the longitudinal course of these symptoms in the patient’s life are ignored. The current DSM-5 proposal attempts to improve reliability of this diagnosis by providing more specific criteria and is reconceptualizing schizoaffective disorder as a longitudinal diagnosis. To this end, the most significant proposed change is to criterion C of schizoaffective disorder, which attempts to demarcate schizoaffective disorder from schizophrenia with prominent mood symptoms. Criterion C will be revised to state “symptoms that meet criteria for a mood episode are present for a majority (>50%) of the total duration of the active and residual periods of the illness.”2
Psychopathological dimensions
Schizophrenic illness is characterized by several psychopathological domains, with a distinctive course, patterns of treatment-response, and prognostic implications. The relative severity of symptom dimensions—positive, negative, mood, disorganization, motor, and cognitive—vary among patients and also within patients at different stages of their illness. Measuring the relative severity of these symptom dimensions throughout the illness course can provide clinicians with useful information about the nature of a patient’s schizophrenic illness and the specific impact of treatment on different aspects of his or her illness (Table 2). In addition to being clinically useful, dimensional measurement also should improve schizophrenia research because having dimensional information will permit studies on etiology and pathogenesis that cut across current diagnostic categories. Although field trials are evaluating 9 dimensions—delusions, hallucinations, disorganization, depression, mania, cognitive impairment, restricted emotional expression, avolition, and psychomotor—it is likely that fewer dimensions will be recommended for DSM-5, based on reliability results of these trials, clinical utility, and logistic feasibility in routine clinical settings.
Table 2
Goals of a dimensional approach to schizophrenia
| Better understanding of schizophrenia |
| Distinct dimensions of illness |
| Distinct stages of illness |
| Elucidation of neurobiology |
| More precise delineation of etiology |
| More refined treatment development |
| Direction at specific dimension-endophenotype |
| Stage-specific treatment |
| Novel treatment targets |
Attenuated psychosis syndrome
Some clinicians and researchers believe that many patients with schizophrenia experience unsatisfactory outcomes because we identify the illness and initiate treatment after substantial brain tissue damage has occurred. Introducing attenuated psychosis syndrome will support clinicians’ efforts to recognize mild psychotic symptoms early in their evolution and to monitor—and if necessary, intervene—during these crucial early stages. Risks include possible stigma and inappropriate use of medications and other treatments. This controversial proposal is being field tested. It is unclear if this category will be included in DSM-5 and if it does, whether it will be in the main text or the appendix.
Catatonia
Catatonia will be used as a specifier for various psychotic disorders, major mood disorders, and associated with a general medical condition. Additionally, the same criteria will be used to diagnose catatonia across DSM-5. Catatonia Not Elsewhere Classified might be added as a residual category for other conditions in which a clear catatonic syndrome is present and the parent disorder has not yet been identified.2
Other psychotic disorders
Relatively minor changes are proposed in criteria for other disorders in this section. There are likely to be changes in the text, however, that incorporate new information about these conditions generated since publication of DSM-IV-TR in 2000. Some proposed changes include:
- deleting shared delusional disorder (folie à deux) as a separate diagnosis and instead characterizing it as a specifier for delusional disorder
- clarifying the distinction between substance-induced psychotic disorder and other psychotic disorders accompanied by comorbid substance use.
Current status of DSM-5
Field trials are being completed and their results remain to be analyzed. Major changes being evaluated in the field trials include:
- the impact of the change in concept and criteria for schizoaffective disorder
- the addition of a series of psychopathology dimensions
- the impact of adding attenuated psychosis syndrome as a new class.
Changes proposed by the Psychosis Disorders Work Group are intended to increase clinical utility (fewer diagnoses, better demarcation between disorders, greater treatment relevance [dimensions]) and modestly improve validity (more consistent with current information about the nature of various psychotic disorders), while retaining reliability in diagnosing various psychotic disorders (and improving it for schizoaffective disorder). Proposed changes are modest by and large but hope to set a better stage for a future etiopathophysiological classification.
The Psychosis Disorders Work Group’s recommendations are posted on the DSM-5 Web site2 at www.dsm5.org and are being reviewed by 2 expert committees established by the American Psychiatric Association Board of Trustees: a Scientific Review Committee and a Clinical and Public Health Implications Committee. Based on the results of the field trials, ongoing reviews, and other emerging data and discussions, additional changes to the current DSM-5 proposals may occur. DSM-5 is likely to be finalized in early 2013 and the published manual will be released in May 2013.
Related Resources
- American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 Development. www.dsm5.org.
- Woods SW, McGlashan TH. The risk-benefit ratio of the proposed DSM-5 attenuated psychosis syndrome. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1338.
Disclosure
Dr. Tandon is a member of the DSM-5 Psychotic Disorders Work Group. He is solely responsible for the content of this article.
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1994.
2. American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org. Accessed March 19, 2011.
3. Tandon R, Keshavan MS, Nasrallah HA. Schizophrenia “just the facts”: what we know in 2008. Part 1: overview. Schizophr Res. 2008;100(1-3):4-19.
4. Tandon R, Keshavan MS, Nasrallah HA. Schizophrenia “just the facts” what we know in 2008. 2: epidemiology and etiology. Schizophr Res. 2008;102(1-3):1-18.
5. Keshavan MS, Tandon R, Boutros N, et al. Schizophrenia, “just the facts” what we know in 2008. Part 3: neurobiology. Schizophr Res. 2008;106(2-3):89-107.
6. Tandon R, Maj M. Nosological status and definition of schizophrenia. Some considerations for DSM-V and ICD-11. Asian Journal of Psychiatry. 2008;1(2):22-27.
7. Fiedorowicz JG, Epping EA, Flaum M. Toward defining schizophrenia as a more useful clinical construct. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2008;10(4):344-351.
8. Tandon R, Nasrallah HA, Keshavan MS. Schizophrenia “just the facts” 4. Clinical features and conceptualization. Schizophr Res. 2009;110(1-3):1-23.
9. McGorry PD. Risk syndromes clinical staging, and DSM V: new diagnostic infrastructure for early intervention in psychiatry. Schizophr Res. 2010;120(1-3):49-53.
10. Tandon R, Nasrallah HA, Keshavan MS. Schizophrenia “just the facts” 5. Treatment and prevention. Past, present, and future. Schizophr Res. 2010;122(1-3):1-23.
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1994.
2. American Psychiatric Association. DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org. Accessed March 19, 2011.
3. Tandon R, Keshavan MS, Nasrallah HA. Schizophrenia “just the facts”: what we know in 2008. Part 1: overview. Schizophr Res. 2008;100(1-3):4-19.
4. Tandon R, Keshavan MS, Nasrallah HA. Schizophrenia “just the facts” what we know in 2008. 2: epidemiology and etiology. Schizophr Res. 2008;102(1-3):1-18.
5. Keshavan MS, Tandon R, Boutros N, et al. Schizophrenia, “just the facts” what we know in 2008. Part 3: neurobiology. Schizophr Res. 2008;106(2-3):89-107.
6. Tandon R, Maj M. Nosological status and definition of schizophrenia. Some considerations for DSM-V and ICD-11. Asian Journal of Psychiatry. 2008;1(2):22-27.
7. Fiedorowicz JG, Epping EA, Flaum M. Toward defining schizophrenia as a more useful clinical construct. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2008;10(4):344-351.
8. Tandon R, Nasrallah HA, Keshavan MS. Schizophrenia “just the facts” 4. Clinical features and conceptualization. Schizophr Res. 2009;110(1-3):1-23.
9. McGorry PD. Risk syndromes clinical staging, and DSM V: new diagnostic infrastructure for early intervention in psychiatry. Schizophr Res. 2010;120(1-3):49-53.
10. Tandon R, Nasrallah HA, Keshavan MS. Schizophrenia “just the facts” 5. Treatment and prevention. Past, present, and future. Schizophr Res. 2010;122(1-3):1-23.
Benzodiazepines: A versatile clinical tool
Since the discovery of chlordiazepoxide in the 1950s, benzodiazepines have revolutionized the treatment of anxiety and insomnia, largely because of their improved safety profile compared with barbiturates, formerly the preferred sedative-hypnotic.1 In addition to their anxiolytic and sedative-hypnotic effects, benzodiazepines exhibit anterograde amnesia, anticonvulsant, and muscle relaxant properties.1 Psychiatrists use benzodiazepines to treat anxiety and sleep disorders, acute agitation, alcohol withdrawal, catatonia, and psychotropic side effects such as akathisia. This article highlights the evidence for using benzodiazepines in anxiety and other disorders and why they generally should not be used for obsessive-compulsive disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder (Box 1).
Current evidence indicates little support for using benzodiazepines for obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). The American Psychiatric Association (APA) and the World Federation of Biological Psychiatry do not recommend benzodiazepines for treating OCD because of a lack of evidence for efficacy.a,b An earlier study suggested clonazepam monotherapy was effective for OCDc; however, a more recent study did not show a benefit on rate of response or degree of symptom improvement.d Augmentation strategies with benzodiazepines also do not appear to be beneficial for OCD management. A recent double-blind, placebo-controlled study failed to demonstrate faster symptom improvement by augmenting sertraline with clonazepam, although the study had a small sample size and high drop-out rate.e
Because benzodiazepines have negligible action on core posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms (re-experiencing, avoidance, and hyperarousal), selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and other agents largely have supplanted them for PTSD treatment.f Use of benzodiazepines for PTSD is associated with withdrawal symptoms, more severe symptoms after discontinuation, and possible disinhibition, and may interfere with patients’ efforts to integrate trauma experiences. Although benzodiazepines may reduce distress associated with acute trauma, there is evidence—in clinical studies and animal models—that early benzodiazepine administration fails to prevent PTSD and may increase its incidence.g The International Consensus Group on Depression and Anxiety, the APA, and the British Association for Psychopharmacology all highlight the limited role, if any, for benzodiazepines in PTSD.h-j
References
- Bandelow B, Zohar J, Hollander E, et al. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety, obsessive-compulsive and post-traumatic stress disorders - first revision. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2008;9(4):248-312.
- American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.; 2007.
- Hewlett WA, Vinogradov S, Agras WS. Clomipramine, clonazepam, and clonidine treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1992;12(6):420-430.
- Hollander E, Kaplan A, Stahl SM. A double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of clonazepam in obsessive-compulsive disorder. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2003;4(1):30-34.
- Crockett BA, Churchill E, Davidson JR. A double-blind combination study of clonazepam and sertraline in OCD. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2004;16(3):127-132.
- Argyropoulos SV, Sandford JJ, Nutt DJ. The psychobiology of anxiolytic drugs. Part 2: pharmacological treatments of anxiety. Pharmacol Ther. 2000;88(3):213-227.
- Matar MA, Zohar J, Kaplan Z, et al. Alprazolam treatment immediately after stress exposure interferes with the normal HPA-stress response and increases vulnerability to subsequent stress in an animal model of PTSD. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(4):283-295.
- Ballenger JC, Davidson JR, Lecrubier Y, et al. Consensus statement update on posttraumatic stress disorder from the international consensus group on depression and anxiety. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 1):55-62.
- Ursano RJ, Bell C, Eth S, et al. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161(11 suppl):3-31.
- Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al. Evidence-based guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders: recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2005;19(6):567-596.
Pharmacokinetic properties
Most benzodiazepines are considered to have similar efficacy; therefore, selection is based on pharmacokinetic considerations. Table 1 compares the indication, onset, and half-life of 12 commonly used benzodiazepines.2-6 Although Table 1 lists approximate equivalent doses, studies report inconsistent data. These are approximations only and should not be used independently to make therapy decisions.
Table 1
Oral benzodiazepines: Indications, onset, half-life, and equivalent doses
| Drug | FDA-approved indication(s) | Onset of action | Approximate half-life (hours) in healthy adults | Approximate equivalent dose (mg)a | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Alprazolam | Anxiety disorders, panic disorder | Intermediate | 6.3 to 26.9 (IR), 10.7 to 15.8 (XR) | 0.5 | Increased risk for abuse because of greater lipid solubility |
| Chlordiazepoxide | Anxiety disorders, acute alcohol withdrawal, preoperative apprehension and anxiety | Intermediate | 24 to 48 | 10 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Clonazepam | Seizure disorders, panic disorder | Intermediate | 18 to 50 | 0.25 to 0.5 | Use caution in patients with liver disease |
| Clorazepate | Anxiety, seizures, acute alcohol withdrawal | Fast | 40 to 50 | 7.5 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Diazepam | Anxiety disorders, acute alcohol withdrawal, muscle spasms, convulsive disorders | Very fast | 20 to 100 | 5 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (temazepam, desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam). Increased risk for abuse because of quick onset |
| Estazolam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 10 to 24 | 0.3 to 2 | None |
| Flurazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 47 to 100 | 30 | Avoid in geriatric patients or patients with liver impairment |
| Lorazepam | Anxiety | Intermediate | 10 to 20 | 1 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Oxazepam | Anxiety, acute alcohol withdrawal | Slow to intermediate | 5 to 20 | 30 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Quazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 39 to 73 | 5 to 15 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Temazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 3.5 to 18.4 | 30 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Triazolam | Insomnia | Fast | 1.5 to 5.5 | 0.25 | Lacks active metabolites |
| IR: immediate release; XR: extended release aInterpret with caution, conflicting data exist Source: References 2-6 | |||||
A diverse range of indications
Alcohol withdrawal. Benzodiazepines are the treatment of choice for alcohol withdrawal syndrome, particularly to prevent seizures.7 Research supports symptom-triggered therapy using the revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol. Benzodiazepines reduce CNS sympathetic hyperactivity to mitigate withdrawal from alcohol by decreasing tachycardia, tremor, insomnia, agitation, and anxiety. Furthermore, these agents provide prophylaxis against serious sequelae such as seizures and delirium.
Insomnia. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine considers benzodiazepine receptor agonists (BzRAs, which include benzodiazepines and non-benzodiazepines) and ramelteon first-line pharmacotherapy for primary insomnia.8 However, pharmacologic treatment should be short-term. Agents with short to intermediate half-lives and rapid onset, such as triazolam, can aid sleep initiation. Those with longer half-lives, such as temazepam, could address sleep maintenance. If a patient does not respond to the initial agent, try another medication within the same class, because patients may respond differently. Use lower starting doses in geriatric patients.9 Closely monitor for adverse effects, rebound insomnia, and potential abuse or tolerance. Identify comorbid conditions and medications that may impair sleep, and address them accordingly.
Psychological and behavioral treatments given over 4 to 8 weeks can yield stable sleep improvements for up to 2 years. If available, these interventions may be considered first-line for treating insomnia because of their lasting effects compared with BzRAs.10
Generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). Benzodiazepines effectively treat GAD because they work quickly and are well tolerated. However, there are better first-line treatment options when considering efficacy studies and dependence and tolerance concerns. One effect-size comparison of 21 double-blind, placebo-controlled trials showed that the efficacy of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), and pregabalin are comparable to benzodiazepines.11 Benzodiazepines can be used in the first 2 to 3 weeks after initiating antidepressants to alleviate and prevent worsening of anxiety that may occur at the start of antidepressant therapy. Recent treatment guidelines recommend benzodiazepines as a second-line treatment or for treatment-resistant GAD in patients who do not have a substance abuse history.12,13
Panic disorder. Efficacy of benzodiazepines for panic disorder is comparable to SSRIs, SNRIs, and tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs). SSRIs and SNRIs are considered first-line treatments for panic disorder because of their favorable side effect profile.14 In practice, benzodiazepines often are combined with SSRIs, SNRIs, or TCAs. A randomized controlled trial demonstrated that paroxetine and clonazepam (mean dose 1.6 mg/d at 5 weeks) resulted in a more rapid response compared with paroxetine alone, although this difference lasted only a few weeks.15 Furthermore, this study suggested that brief treatment with clonazepam followed by a taper is as effective as sustained treatment with paroxetine and clonazepam.15
There is a lack of high-quality data on combining cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and benzodiazepines for panic disorder, although a Cochrane Review found that adding a benzodiazepine to CBT did not lead to a significant difference in response compared with psychotherapy alone.16 A recent randomized controlled trial demonstrated that tapering benzodiazepines combined with CBT was associated with successful discontinuation of the drug and prevented return of panic symptoms.17
Social anxiety. A meta-analysis found that for treating social anxiety, benzodiazepines have better efficacy than SSRIs, monoamine oxidase inhibitors, and anticonvulsants.18 Longer-acting benzodiazepines may be more effective than shorter-acting agents. One study of patients with social anxiety showed a 38% response rate for alprazolam vs 20% for placebo over 12 weeks, and a similar 10-week study demonstrated a 73% recovery rate with clonazepam vs 22% for placebo.19 In addition, studies have observed that patients can be maintained on clonazepam for up to 2 years without symptom relapse and will tolerate slow-taper discontinuation.18,20 Sedation and drowsiness can be lessened by limiting clonazepam doses to 2 to 3 mg/d.
Akathisia and tremor. Akathisia, a syndrome of motor restlessness and inner turmoil, is associated with antipsychotics but can occur with SSRIs. Reducing the dosage or switching to another, usually less potent agent often can relieve akathisia. When these remedies are not tenable, consider benzodiazepines along with other medications—including beta blockers and anticholinergic agents—with demonstrated efficacy in reducing akathisia symptoms. Lorazepam, diazepam, and clonazepam have demonstrated efficacy for relieving akathisia in comparison studies with placebo, propranolol, and diphenhydramine.21,22
Drug-induced postural tremor can occur with several psychotropics, including lithium, valproic acid, antidepressants, and antipsychotics. A tremor is considered mild if a patient can drink a glass of water with 1 hand without spilling and severe if holding a glass with 2 hands is difficult. Propranolol is most commonly prescribed for these tremors, but alprazolam and clonazepam have demonstrated efficacy, either as monotherapy or coadministered with a beta blocker.23
Acute agitation. Agitated patients often have acute psychosis and/or mania or dyscontrol secondary to axis II disorders.24 Patients may be paranoid, hostile, disruptive, and combative. Rapidly initiating medication can prevent the need for more restrictive measures, such as seclusion or restraint. Antipsychotics—especially high-potency agents such as haloperidol—and benzodiazepines, as monotherapy or in combination, are a mainstay treatment. Although treatment protocols favor atypical antipsychotics over typical antipsychotics, benzodiazepines are a viable option because of their anxiolytic and sedative effects. Advantages of benzodiazepine monotherapy include decreased extrapyramidal symptoms, greater patient acceptance/preference, and increased sedation compared with antipsychotics. Lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg intramuscularly (IM) or orally, is well tolerated because of its favorable drug-drug interaction profile and lack of significant cardiac side effects. Benzodiazepines can cause respiratory depression in patients with chronic lung disease and additive sedation secondary to opiates, other sedatives/hypnotics, or alcohol. Behavioral disinhibition is rare and is associated with preexisting CNS pathology or mental retardation.25 The IM olanzapine package insert warns against coadministering IM lorazepam because of additive cardiorespiratory depressive effects and excessive somnolence.26
Catatonia. The characteristic symptoms of catatonia are immobility, negativism, muteness, and failure to eat or drink. Benzodiazepines improve these symptoms in approximately 70% to 80% of catatonic patients with affective disorders. Response rates are lower in catatonia in patients with schizophrenia.27 If catatonia in a patient with psychosis is missed, giving antipsychotics before benzodiazepines may worsen catatonic symptoms or precipitate neuroleptic malignant syndrome in some cases. When you suspect a patient has catatonia, start with lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg IV or IM, and examine the patient for diminishing catatonic signs within 1 to 2 hours. If catatonia signs lessen, begin regularly scheduled lorazepam, with dosing varying by age—be more cautious in geriatric patients—and symptom severity. Titrate benzodiazepines for stuporous patients more slowly (eg, 1 mg 3 times a day as a starting dose) than for excited catatonic patients. Lorazepam can be increased gradually as tolerated; it is not unusual for patients to require up to 8 to 12 mg/d. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is the treatment of choice when catatonic patients respond poorly or partially to high-dose benzodiazepines.28,29
Benzodiazepine reversal for ECT
Benzodiazepines have anticonvulsant properties that may interfere with the therapeutic efficacy of ECT.30 A multi-center study demonstrated that lorazepam (up to 4 mg/d as needed) in the 48 hours before the first ECT session was not associated with effects on seizure threshold or duration; however, larger lorazepam dosages were associated with briefer EEG seizure duration.31 Some patients may not tolerate withholding or tapering benzodiazepines in preparation for ECT. Studies investigating flumazenil for pre-ECT benzodiazepine reversal are lacking. One retrospective analysis showed that flumazenil administration immediately before and after ECT resulted in adequate seizures with no difference in clinical outcome compared with patients who were not receiving benzodiazepines or flumazenil.32
Tapering benzodiazepines
Slow discontinuation of benzodiazepines is recommended to avoid withdrawal symptoms, such as rebound anxiety, agitation, insomnia, or seizures, particularly when use exceeds 8 weeks. The onset of withdrawal symptoms varies, depending on the medication used. Withdrawal symptoms may appear in 1 to 2 days for agents with shorter half-lives, but may not appear until 3 to 7 days for agents with longer half-lives.33Table 2 lists recommended durations for tapering benzodiazepines.33,34 In general, decrease the total daily dose by 25% the first week, another 25% the second week, then 10% a week until discontinuation. When benzodiazepine use exceeds 1 year, a slower taper is recommended; for example, decrease 10% every 1 to 2 weeks. When 20% of the dosage remains, begin a 5% dose reduction every 2 to 4 weeks. Monitor patients for withdrawal symptoms or symptom exacerbation. If either occur, consider maintaining the current benzodiazepine dose or increasing the dose for 1 to 2 weeks or longer, if necessary, then continue to taper at a slower rate.34
Table 2
Recommendations for tapering benzodiazepines
| Duration of use | Recommended taper length | Comments |
| <6 to 8 weeks | Taper may not be required | Depending on clinical judgment and patient stability/preference, consider implementing a taper, particularly if using a high-dose benzodiazepine or an agent with a short or intermediate half-life, such as alprazolam or triazolam |
| 8 weeks to 6 months | Slowly over 2 to 3 weeks | Go slower during latter half of taper. Tapering will reduce, not eliminate, withdrawal symptoms. Patients should avoid alcohol and stimulants during benzodiazepine withdrawal |
| 6 months to 1 year | Slowly over 4 to 8 weeks | |
| >1 year | Slowly over 2 to 4 months | |
| Source: References 33,34 | ||
Risks of benzodiazepine use
For most indications, benzodiazepine therapy should be short-term.35 Use exceeding 2 to 4 weeks increases the risk for dependence and withdrawal. Tell patients to avoid alcohol while taking a benzodiazepine because this combination is potentially lethal. Benzodiazepines are commonly abused and abuse can lead to unintentional drug overdose. Benzodiazepines accounted for 37% of unintentional drug overdose deaths in West Virginia in 2006; in 46% of these cases, benzodiazepines were used for nonmedical purposes. Clinicians can help reduce the risk of diversion by limiting prescriptions to 30 days with no refills.36
Older patients taking benzodiazepines are at increased risk of falls and hip fractures.37 Lorazepam, oxazepam, and temazepam—agents with shorter half-lives that are not greatly affected by pharmacokinetic changes associated with aging—are preferred for these patients.34 Patients with dementia or other CNS-compromising conditions may become confused or delirious with regular benzodiazepine dosing. Educate patients to whom you prescribe benzodiazepines about the importance of gauging their level of sedation before driving or engaging in other tasks for which sedation could compromise their safety. Benzodiazepine use during pregnancy requires a careful discussion of risks and benefits (Box 2).38
Benzodiazepine use during pregnancy has been associated with cleft palate and urogenital and neurologic malformations in the fetus.38 Although data are conflicting—particularly among recent meta-analyses that fail to demonstrate an association—some experts advise against benzodiazepine use in the first trimester. Participate in shared decision making with your patients and educate them about the potential risks and benefits of benzodiazepine use during the first trimester and throughout pregnancy. After delivery, newborns may develop “floppy baby syndrome”—which is associated with lethargy, difficulty eating, and respiratory depression—or withdrawal.38 To minimize this risk, consider tapering the benzodiazepine as the patient approaches delivery.
Related Resources
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. www.samhsa.gov.
- National Institute on Drug Abuse resources for medical and health professionals. www.drugabuse.gov/medical-health-professionals.
- American Academy of Sleep Medicine. www.aasmnet.org.
Drug Brand Names
- Alprazolam • Xanax
- Chlordiazepoxide • Librium, Limbitrol
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clorazepate • Tranxene
- Diazepam • Valium
- Diphenhydramine • Benadryl, others
- Estazolam • ProSom
- Flumazenil • Romazicon
- Flurazepam • Dalmane
- Haloperidol • Haldol
- Lithium • Lithobid
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Olanzapine • Zyprexa
- Oxazepam • Serax
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Pregabalin • Lyrica
- Propranolol • Inderal, InnoPran XL, others
- Quazepam • Doral
- Ramelteon • Rozerem
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Temazepam • Restoril
- Triazolam • Halcion
- Valproic acid • Depakene, Stavzor, others
Disclosures
Drs. Bostwick and Yasugi report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Casher is a speaker for AstraZeneca and Sunovion Pharmaceuticals.
1. Mihic SJ, Harris RA. Hypnotics and sedatives. In: Brunton LL Chabner BA, Knollmann BC, eds. Goodman & Gilman’s the pharmacological basis of therapeutics. New York, NY: McGraw Hill and Company; 2011:457-480.
2. Facts and comparisons Web site. 2011 Wolters Kluwer Health Inc. http://online.factsandcomparisons.com. Accessed August 16, 2011.
3. DuPont RL, Greene W, Lydiard RB. Sedatives and hypnotics: pharmacology and epidemiology. In: Gold MS Hermann R, eds. UpToDate. http://www.uptodate.com/contents/sedatives-and-hypnotics-abuse-and-dependence-pharmacology-and-epidemiology. Accessed August 16, 2011.
4. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Orange book: approved drug products with therapeutic equivalence evaluations. http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/cder/ob/default.cfm. Accessed August 16, 2011.
5. Chouinard G. Issues in the clinical use of benzodiazepines: potency withdrawal, and rebound. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 5):7-12.
6. Shader RI, Greenblatt DJ. Can you provide a table of equivalencies for benzodiazepines and other marketed benzodiazepine receptor agonists? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17(4):331.-
7. Amato L, Minozzi S, Davoli M. Efficacy and safety of pharmacologic interventions for the treatment of the alcohol withdrawal syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011;15(6):CD008537.-
8. Schutte-Rodin S, Broch L, Buysse D, et al. Clinical guideline for the evaluation and management of chronic insomnia in adults. J Clin Sleep Med. 2008;4(5):487-504.
9. Foral P, Dewan N, Malesker M. Insomnia: a therapeutic review for pharmacists. Consult Pharm. 2011;26(5):332-341.
10. Riemann D, Perlis ML. The treatments of chronic insomnia: a review of benzodiazepine receptor agonists and psychological and behavioral therapies. Sleep Med Rev. 2009;13(3):205-214.
11. Hidalgo RB, Tupler LA, Davidson JR. An effect-size analysis of pharmacologic treatments of generalized anxiety disorder. J Psychopharmacol. 2007;21(8):864-872.
12. Davidson JR, Zhang W, Connor KM, et al. A psychopharmacological treatment algorithm for generalised anxiety disorder (GAD). J Psychopharmacol. 2010;24(1):3-26.
13. Bandelow B, Zohar J, Hollander E, et al. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety, obsessive-compulsive and post-traumatic stress disorders - first revision. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2008;9(4):248-312.
14. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with panic disorder. 2nd ed. Arlington VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.; 2009.
15. Pollack MH, Simon NM, Worthington JJ, et al. Combined paroxetine and clonazepam treatment strategies compared to paroxetine monotherapy for panic disorder. J Psychopharmacol. 2003;17(3):276-282.
16. Watanabe N, Churchill R, Furukawa TA. Combined psychotherapy plus benzodiazepines for panic disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(1):CD005335.-
17. Otto MW, McHugh RK, Simon NM, et al. Efficacy of CBT for benzodiazepine discontinuation in patients with panic disorder: further evaluation. Behav Res Ther. 2010;48(8):720-727.
18. Davidson JR. Use of benzodiazepines in social anxiety disorder generalized anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 5):29-33.
19. Argyropoulos SV, Sandford JJ, Nutt DJ. The psychobiology of anxiolytic drugs Part 2: pharmacological treatments of anxiety. Pharmacol Ther. 2000;88(3):213-227.
20. Connor KM, Davidson JR, Potts NL, et al. Discontinuation of clonazepam in the treatment of social phobia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1998;18(5):373-378.
21. Miller CH, Fleischhacker WW. Managing antipsychotic-induced acute and chronic akathisia. Drug Saf. 2000;22(1):73-81.
22. Rodnitzky RL. Drug-induced movement disorders. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2002;25(3):142-151.
23. Arbaizar B, Gómez-Acebo I, Llorca J. Postural induced tremor in psychiatry. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2008;62(6):638-645.
24. Casher MI, Bess JD. Manual of inpatient psychiatry. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2010.
25. Battaglia J. Pharmacological management of acute agitation. Drugs. 2005;65(9):1207-1222.
26. Physicians’ desk reference. Montvale NJ: PDR Network, LLC; 2010.
27. Rosebush PI, Mazurek MF. Catatonia and its treatment. Schizophr Bull. 2010;36(2):239-242.
28. Ungvari GS, Kau LS, Wai-Kwong T, et al. The pharmacological treatment of catatonia: an overview. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2001;251(suppl 1):I31-I34.
29. Fink M, Taylor MA. Catatonia: a clinician’s guide to diagnosis and treatment. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2003.
30. Naguib N, Koorn R. Interactions between psychotropics anaesthetics and electroconvulsive therapy: implications for drug choice and patient management. CNS Drugs. 2002;16(4):229-247.
31. Boylan LS, Haskett RF, Mulsant BH, et al. Determinants of seizure threshold in ECT: benzodiazepine use, anesthetic dosage, and other factors. J ECT. 2000;16(1):3-18.
32. Krystal AD, Watts BV, Weiner RD, et al. The use of flumazenil in the anxious and benzodiazepine-dependent ECT patient. J ECT. 1998;14(1):5-14.
33. Melton ST, Kirkwood CK. Anxiety disorders I: generalized anxiety panic, and social anxiety disorders. In: DiPiro JT, Talbert RL, Yee GC, et al, eds. Pharmacotherapy: a pathophysiologic approach. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Companies; 2011:1209-1228.
34. Benzodiazepine toolkit. The Pharmacist’s Letter/Prescriber’s Letter. 2011;27(4):270406.-
35. Lader M. Benzodiazepines revisited – will we ever learn? Addiction. 2011;106(12):2086-2109.
36. Toblin RL, Paulozzi LJ, Logan JE, et al. Mental illness and psychotropic drug use among prescription drug overdose deaths: a medical examiner chart review. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(4):491-496.
37. Ashton H. The diagnosis and management of benzodiazepine dependence. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2005;18(3):249-255.
38. Menon SJ. Psychotropic medication during pregnancy and lactation. Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2008;277(1):1-13.
Since the discovery of chlordiazepoxide in the 1950s, benzodiazepines have revolutionized the treatment of anxiety and insomnia, largely because of their improved safety profile compared with barbiturates, formerly the preferred sedative-hypnotic.1 In addition to their anxiolytic and sedative-hypnotic effects, benzodiazepines exhibit anterograde amnesia, anticonvulsant, and muscle relaxant properties.1 Psychiatrists use benzodiazepines to treat anxiety and sleep disorders, acute agitation, alcohol withdrawal, catatonia, and psychotropic side effects such as akathisia. This article highlights the evidence for using benzodiazepines in anxiety and other disorders and why they generally should not be used for obsessive-compulsive disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder (Box 1).
Current evidence indicates little support for using benzodiazepines for obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). The American Psychiatric Association (APA) and the World Federation of Biological Psychiatry do not recommend benzodiazepines for treating OCD because of a lack of evidence for efficacy.a,b An earlier study suggested clonazepam monotherapy was effective for OCDc; however, a more recent study did not show a benefit on rate of response or degree of symptom improvement.d Augmentation strategies with benzodiazepines also do not appear to be beneficial for OCD management. A recent double-blind, placebo-controlled study failed to demonstrate faster symptom improvement by augmenting sertraline with clonazepam, although the study had a small sample size and high drop-out rate.e
Because benzodiazepines have negligible action on core posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms (re-experiencing, avoidance, and hyperarousal), selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and other agents largely have supplanted them for PTSD treatment.f Use of benzodiazepines for PTSD is associated with withdrawal symptoms, more severe symptoms after discontinuation, and possible disinhibition, and may interfere with patients’ efforts to integrate trauma experiences. Although benzodiazepines may reduce distress associated with acute trauma, there is evidence—in clinical studies and animal models—that early benzodiazepine administration fails to prevent PTSD and may increase its incidence.g The International Consensus Group on Depression and Anxiety, the APA, and the British Association for Psychopharmacology all highlight the limited role, if any, for benzodiazepines in PTSD.h-j
References
- Bandelow B, Zohar J, Hollander E, et al. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety, obsessive-compulsive and post-traumatic stress disorders - first revision. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2008;9(4):248-312.
- American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.; 2007.
- Hewlett WA, Vinogradov S, Agras WS. Clomipramine, clonazepam, and clonidine treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1992;12(6):420-430.
- Hollander E, Kaplan A, Stahl SM. A double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of clonazepam in obsessive-compulsive disorder. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2003;4(1):30-34.
- Crockett BA, Churchill E, Davidson JR. A double-blind combination study of clonazepam and sertraline in OCD. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2004;16(3):127-132.
- Argyropoulos SV, Sandford JJ, Nutt DJ. The psychobiology of anxiolytic drugs. Part 2: pharmacological treatments of anxiety. Pharmacol Ther. 2000;88(3):213-227.
- Matar MA, Zohar J, Kaplan Z, et al. Alprazolam treatment immediately after stress exposure interferes with the normal HPA-stress response and increases vulnerability to subsequent stress in an animal model of PTSD. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(4):283-295.
- Ballenger JC, Davidson JR, Lecrubier Y, et al. Consensus statement update on posttraumatic stress disorder from the international consensus group on depression and anxiety. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 1):55-62.
- Ursano RJ, Bell C, Eth S, et al. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161(11 suppl):3-31.
- Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al. Evidence-based guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders: recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2005;19(6):567-596.
Pharmacokinetic properties
Most benzodiazepines are considered to have similar efficacy; therefore, selection is based on pharmacokinetic considerations. Table 1 compares the indication, onset, and half-life of 12 commonly used benzodiazepines.2-6 Although Table 1 lists approximate equivalent doses, studies report inconsistent data. These are approximations only and should not be used independently to make therapy decisions.
Table 1
Oral benzodiazepines: Indications, onset, half-life, and equivalent doses
| Drug | FDA-approved indication(s) | Onset of action | Approximate half-life (hours) in healthy adults | Approximate equivalent dose (mg)a | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Alprazolam | Anxiety disorders, panic disorder | Intermediate | 6.3 to 26.9 (IR), 10.7 to 15.8 (XR) | 0.5 | Increased risk for abuse because of greater lipid solubility |
| Chlordiazepoxide | Anxiety disorders, acute alcohol withdrawal, preoperative apprehension and anxiety | Intermediate | 24 to 48 | 10 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Clonazepam | Seizure disorders, panic disorder | Intermediate | 18 to 50 | 0.25 to 0.5 | Use caution in patients with liver disease |
| Clorazepate | Anxiety, seizures, acute alcohol withdrawal | Fast | 40 to 50 | 7.5 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Diazepam | Anxiety disorders, acute alcohol withdrawal, muscle spasms, convulsive disorders | Very fast | 20 to 100 | 5 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (temazepam, desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam). Increased risk for abuse because of quick onset |
| Estazolam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 10 to 24 | 0.3 to 2 | None |
| Flurazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 47 to 100 | 30 | Avoid in geriatric patients or patients with liver impairment |
| Lorazepam | Anxiety | Intermediate | 10 to 20 | 1 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Oxazepam | Anxiety, acute alcohol withdrawal | Slow to intermediate | 5 to 20 | 30 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Quazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 39 to 73 | 5 to 15 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Temazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 3.5 to 18.4 | 30 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Triazolam | Insomnia | Fast | 1.5 to 5.5 | 0.25 | Lacks active metabolites |
| IR: immediate release; XR: extended release aInterpret with caution, conflicting data exist Source: References 2-6 | |||||
A diverse range of indications
Alcohol withdrawal. Benzodiazepines are the treatment of choice for alcohol withdrawal syndrome, particularly to prevent seizures.7 Research supports symptom-triggered therapy using the revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol. Benzodiazepines reduce CNS sympathetic hyperactivity to mitigate withdrawal from alcohol by decreasing tachycardia, tremor, insomnia, agitation, and anxiety. Furthermore, these agents provide prophylaxis against serious sequelae such as seizures and delirium.
Insomnia. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine considers benzodiazepine receptor agonists (BzRAs, which include benzodiazepines and non-benzodiazepines) and ramelteon first-line pharmacotherapy for primary insomnia.8 However, pharmacologic treatment should be short-term. Agents with short to intermediate half-lives and rapid onset, such as triazolam, can aid sleep initiation. Those with longer half-lives, such as temazepam, could address sleep maintenance. If a patient does not respond to the initial agent, try another medication within the same class, because patients may respond differently. Use lower starting doses in geriatric patients.9 Closely monitor for adverse effects, rebound insomnia, and potential abuse or tolerance. Identify comorbid conditions and medications that may impair sleep, and address them accordingly.
Psychological and behavioral treatments given over 4 to 8 weeks can yield stable sleep improvements for up to 2 years. If available, these interventions may be considered first-line for treating insomnia because of their lasting effects compared with BzRAs.10
Generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). Benzodiazepines effectively treat GAD because they work quickly and are well tolerated. However, there are better first-line treatment options when considering efficacy studies and dependence and tolerance concerns. One effect-size comparison of 21 double-blind, placebo-controlled trials showed that the efficacy of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), and pregabalin are comparable to benzodiazepines.11 Benzodiazepines can be used in the first 2 to 3 weeks after initiating antidepressants to alleviate and prevent worsening of anxiety that may occur at the start of antidepressant therapy. Recent treatment guidelines recommend benzodiazepines as a second-line treatment or for treatment-resistant GAD in patients who do not have a substance abuse history.12,13
Panic disorder. Efficacy of benzodiazepines for panic disorder is comparable to SSRIs, SNRIs, and tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs). SSRIs and SNRIs are considered first-line treatments for panic disorder because of their favorable side effect profile.14 In practice, benzodiazepines often are combined with SSRIs, SNRIs, or TCAs. A randomized controlled trial demonstrated that paroxetine and clonazepam (mean dose 1.6 mg/d at 5 weeks) resulted in a more rapid response compared with paroxetine alone, although this difference lasted only a few weeks.15 Furthermore, this study suggested that brief treatment with clonazepam followed by a taper is as effective as sustained treatment with paroxetine and clonazepam.15
There is a lack of high-quality data on combining cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and benzodiazepines for panic disorder, although a Cochrane Review found that adding a benzodiazepine to CBT did not lead to a significant difference in response compared with psychotherapy alone.16 A recent randomized controlled trial demonstrated that tapering benzodiazepines combined with CBT was associated with successful discontinuation of the drug and prevented return of panic symptoms.17
Social anxiety. A meta-analysis found that for treating social anxiety, benzodiazepines have better efficacy than SSRIs, monoamine oxidase inhibitors, and anticonvulsants.18 Longer-acting benzodiazepines may be more effective than shorter-acting agents. One study of patients with social anxiety showed a 38% response rate for alprazolam vs 20% for placebo over 12 weeks, and a similar 10-week study demonstrated a 73% recovery rate with clonazepam vs 22% for placebo.19 In addition, studies have observed that patients can be maintained on clonazepam for up to 2 years without symptom relapse and will tolerate slow-taper discontinuation.18,20 Sedation and drowsiness can be lessened by limiting clonazepam doses to 2 to 3 mg/d.
Akathisia and tremor. Akathisia, a syndrome of motor restlessness and inner turmoil, is associated with antipsychotics but can occur with SSRIs. Reducing the dosage or switching to another, usually less potent agent often can relieve akathisia. When these remedies are not tenable, consider benzodiazepines along with other medications—including beta blockers and anticholinergic agents—with demonstrated efficacy in reducing akathisia symptoms. Lorazepam, diazepam, and clonazepam have demonstrated efficacy for relieving akathisia in comparison studies with placebo, propranolol, and diphenhydramine.21,22
Drug-induced postural tremor can occur with several psychotropics, including lithium, valproic acid, antidepressants, and antipsychotics. A tremor is considered mild if a patient can drink a glass of water with 1 hand without spilling and severe if holding a glass with 2 hands is difficult. Propranolol is most commonly prescribed for these tremors, but alprazolam and clonazepam have demonstrated efficacy, either as monotherapy or coadministered with a beta blocker.23
Acute agitation. Agitated patients often have acute psychosis and/or mania or dyscontrol secondary to axis II disorders.24 Patients may be paranoid, hostile, disruptive, and combative. Rapidly initiating medication can prevent the need for more restrictive measures, such as seclusion or restraint. Antipsychotics—especially high-potency agents such as haloperidol—and benzodiazepines, as monotherapy or in combination, are a mainstay treatment. Although treatment protocols favor atypical antipsychotics over typical antipsychotics, benzodiazepines are a viable option because of their anxiolytic and sedative effects. Advantages of benzodiazepine monotherapy include decreased extrapyramidal symptoms, greater patient acceptance/preference, and increased sedation compared with antipsychotics. Lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg intramuscularly (IM) or orally, is well tolerated because of its favorable drug-drug interaction profile and lack of significant cardiac side effects. Benzodiazepines can cause respiratory depression in patients with chronic lung disease and additive sedation secondary to opiates, other sedatives/hypnotics, or alcohol. Behavioral disinhibition is rare and is associated with preexisting CNS pathology or mental retardation.25 The IM olanzapine package insert warns against coadministering IM lorazepam because of additive cardiorespiratory depressive effects and excessive somnolence.26
Catatonia. The characteristic symptoms of catatonia are immobility, negativism, muteness, and failure to eat or drink. Benzodiazepines improve these symptoms in approximately 70% to 80% of catatonic patients with affective disorders. Response rates are lower in catatonia in patients with schizophrenia.27 If catatonia in a patient with psychosis is missed, giving antipsychotics before benzodiazepines may worsen catatonic symptoms or precipitate neuroleptic malignant syndrome in some cases. When you suspect a patient has catatonia, start with lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg IV or IM, and examine the patient for diminishing catatonic signs within 1 to 2 hours. If catatonia signs lessen, begin regularly scheduled lorazepam, with dosing varying by age—be more cautious in geriatric patients—and symptom severity. Titrate benzodiazepines for stuporous patients more slowly (eg, 1 mg 3 times a day as a starting dose) than for excited catatonic patients. Lorazepam can be increased gradually as tolerated; it is not unusual for patients to require up to 8 to 12 mg/d. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is the treatment of choice when catatonic patients respond poorly or partially to high-dose benzodiazepines.28,29
Benzodiazepine reversal for ECT
Benzodiazepines have anticonvulsant properties that may interfere with the therapeutic efficacy of ECT.30 A multi-center study demonstrated that lorazepam (up to 4 mg/d as needed) in the 48 hours before the first ECT session was not associated with effects on seizure threshold or duration; however, larger lorazepam dosages were associated with briefer EEG seizure duration.31 Some patients may not tolerate withholding or tapering benzodiazepines in preparation for ECT. Studies investigating flumazenil for pre-ECT benzodiazepine reversal are lacking. One retrospective analysis showed that flumazenil administration immediately before and after ECT resulted in adequate seizures with no difference in clinical outcome compared with patients who were not receiving benzodiazepines or flumazenil.32
Tapering benzodiazepines
Slow discontinuation of benzodiazepines is recommended to avoid withdrawal symptoms, such as rebound anxiety, agitation, insomnia, or seizures, particularly when use exceeds 8 weeks. The onset of withdrawal symptoms varies, depending on the medication used. Withdrawal symptoms may appear in 1 to 2 days for agents with shorter half-lives, but may not appear until 3 to 7 days for agents with longer half-lives.33Table 2 lists recommended durations for tapering benzodiazepines.33,34 In general, decrease the total daily dose by 25% the first week, another 25% the second week, then 10% a week until discontinuation. When benzodiazepine use exceeds 1 year, a slower taper is recommended; for example, decrease 10% every 1 to 2 weeks. When 20% of the dosage remains, begin a 5% dose reduction every 2 to 4 weeks. Monitor patients for withdrawal symptoms or symptom exacerbation. If either occur, consider maintaining the current benzodiazepine dose or increasing the dose for 1 to 2 weeks or longer, if necessary, then continue to taper at a slower rate.34
Table 2
Recommendations for tapering benzodiazepines
| Duration of use | Recommended taper length | Comments |
| <6 to 8 weeks | Taper may not be required | Depending on clinical judgment and patient stability/preference, consider implementing a taper, particularly if using a high-dose benzodiazepine or an agent with a short or intermediate half-life, such as alprazolam or triazolam |
| 8 weeks to 6 months | Slowly over 2 to 3 weeks | Go slower during latter half of taper. Tapering will reduce, not eliminate, withdrawal symptoms. Patients should avoid alcohol and stimulants during benzodiazepine withdrawal |
| 6 months to 1 year | Slowly over 4 to 8 weeks | |
| >1 year | Slowly over 2 to 4 months | |
| Source: References 33,34 | ||
Risks of benzodiazepine use
For most indications, benzodiazepine therapy should be short-term.35 Use exceeding 2 to 4 weeks increases the risk for dependence and withdrawal. Tell patients to avoid alcohol while taking a benzodiazepine because this combination is potentially lethal. Benzodiazepines are commonly abused and abuse can lead to unintentional drug overdose. Benzodiazepines accounted for 37% of unintentional drug overdose deaths in West Virginia in 2006; in 46% of these cases, benzodiazepines were used for nonmedical purposes. Clinicians can help reduce the risk of diversion by limiting prescriptions to 30 days with no refills.36
Older patients taking benzodiazepines are at increased risk of falls and hip fractures.37 Lorazepam, oxazepam, and temazepam—agents with shorter half-lives that are not greatly affected by pharmacokinetic changes associated with aging—are preferred for these patients.34 Patients with dementia or other CNS-compromising conditions may become confused or delirious with regular benzodiazepine dosing. Educate patients to whom you prescribe benzodiazepines about the importance of gauging their level of sedation before driving or engaging in other tasks for which sedation could compromise their safety. Benzodiazepine use during pregnancy requires a careful discussion of risks and benefits (Box 2).38
Benzodiazepine use during pregnancy has been associated with cleft palate and urogenital and neurologic malformations in the fetus.38 Although data are conflicting—particularly among recent meta-analyses that fail to demonstrate an association—some experts advise against benzodiazepine use in the first trimester. Participate in shared decision making with your patients and educate them about the potential risks and benefits of benzodiazepine use during the first trimester and throughout pregnancy. After delivery, newborns may develop “floppy baby syndrome”—which is associated with lethargy, difficulty eating, and respiratory depression—or withdrawal.38 To minimize this risk, consider tapering the benzodiazepine as the patient approaches delivery.
Related Resources
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. www.samhsa.gov.
- National Institute on Drug Abuse resources for medical and health professionals. www.drugabuse.gov/medical-health-professionals.
- American Academy of Sleep Medicine. www.aasmnet.org.
Drug Brand Names
- Alprazolam • Xanax
- Chlordiazepoxide • Librium, Limbitrol
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clorazepate • Tranxene
- Diazepam • Valium
- Diphenhydramine • Benadryl, others
- Estazolam • ProSom
- Flumazenil • Romazicon
- Flurazepam • Dalmane
- Haloperidol • Haldol
- Lithium • Lithobid
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Olanzapine • Zyprexa
- Oxazepam • Serax
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Pregabalin • Lyrica
- Propranolol • Inderal, InnoPran XL, others
- Quazepam • Doral
- Ramelteon • Rozerem
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Temazepam • Restoril
- Triazolam • Halcion
- Valproic acid • Depakene, Stavzor, others
Disclosures
Drs. Bostwick and Yasugi report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Casher is a speaker for AstraZeneca and Sunovion Pharmaceuticals.
Since the discovery of chlordiazepoxide in the 1950s, benzodiazepines have revolutionized the treatment of anxiety and insomnia, largely because of their improved safety profile compared with barbiturates, formerly the preferred sedative-hypnotic.1 In addition to their anxiolytic and sedative-hypnotic effects, benzodiazepines exhibit anterograde amnesia, anticonvulsant, and muscle relaxant properties.1 Psychiatrists use benzodiazepines to treat anxiety and sleep disorders, acute agitation, alcohol withdrawal, catatonia, and psychotropic side effects such as akathisia. This article highlights the evidence for using benzodiazepines in anxiety and other disorders and why they generally should not be used for obsessive-compulsive disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder (Box 1).
Current evidence indicates little support for using benzodiazepines for obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). The American Psychiatric Association (APA) and the World Federation of Biological Psychiatry do not recommend benzodiazepines for treating OCD because of a lack of evidence for efficacy.a,b An earlier study suggested clonazepam monotherapy was effective for OCDc; however, a more recent study did not show a benefit on rate of response or degree of symptom improvement.d Augmentation strategies with benzodiazepines also do not appear to be beneficial for OCD management. A recent double-blind, placebo-controlled study failed to demonstrate faster symptom improvement by augmenting sertraline with clonazepam, although the study had a small sample size and high drop-out rate.e
Because benzodiazepines have negligible action on core posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms (re-experiencing, avoidance, and hyperarousal), selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and other agents largely have supplanted them for PTSD treatment.f Use of benzodiazepines for PTSD is associated with withdrawal symptoms, more severe symptoms after discontinuation, and possible disinhibition, and may interfere with patients’ efforts to integrate trauma experiences. Although benzodiazepines may reduce distress associated with acute trauma, there is evidence—in clinical studies and animal models—that early benzodiazepine administration fails to prevent PTSD and may increase its incidence.g The International Consensus Group on Depression and Anxiety, the APA, and the British Association for Psychopharmacology all highlight the limited role, if any, for benzodiazepines in PTSD.h-j
References
- Bandelow B, Zohar J, Hollander E, et al. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety, obsessive-compulsive and post-traumatic stress disorders - first revision. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2008;9(4):248-312.
- American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.; 2007.
- Hewlett WA, Vinogradov S, Agras WS. Clomipramine, clonazepam, and clonidine treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1992;12(6):420-430.
- Hollander E, Kaplan A, Stahl SM. A double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of clonazepam in obsessive-compulsive disorder. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2003;4(1):30-34.
- Crockett BA, Churchill E, Davidson JR. A double-blind combination study of clonazepam and sertraline in OCD. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2004;16(3):127-132.
- Argyropoulos SV, Sandford JJ, Nutt DJ. The psychobiology of anxiolytic drugs. Part 2: pharmacological treatments of anxiety. Pharmacol Ther. 2000;88(3):213-227.
- Matar MA, Zohar J, Kaplan Z, et al. Alprazolam treatment immediately after stress exposure interferes with the normal HPA-stress response and increases vulnerability to subsequent stress in an animal model of PTSD. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(4):283-295.
- Ballenger JC, Davidson JR, Lecrubier Y, et al. Consensus statement update on posttraumatic stress disorder from the international consensus group on depression and anxiety. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 1):55-62.
- Ursano RJ, Bell C, Eth S, et al. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161(11 suppl):3-31.
- Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al. Evidence-based guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders: recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2005;19(6):567-596.
Pharmacokinetic properties
Most benzodiazepines are considered to have similar efficacy; therefore, selection is based on pharmacokinetic considerations. Table 1 compares the indication, onset, and half-life of 12 commonly used benzodiazepines.2-6 Although Table 1 lists approximate equivalent doses, studies report inconsistent data. These are approximations only and should not be used independently to make therapy decisions.
Table 1
Oral benzodiazepines: Indications, onset, half-life, and equivalent doses
| Drug | FDA-approved indication(s) | Onset of action | Approximate half-life (hours) in healthy adults | Approximate equivalent dose (mg)a | Comments |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Alprazolam | Anxiety disorders, panic disorder | Intermediate | 6.3 to 26.9 (IR), 10.7 to 15.8 (XR) | 0.5 | Increased risk for abuse because of greater lipid solubility |
| Chlordiazepoxide | Anxiety disorders, acute alcohol withdrawal, preoperative apprehension and anxiety | Intermediate | 24 to 48 | 10 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Clonazepam | Seizure disorders, panic disorder | Intermediate | 18 to 50 | 0.25 to 0.5 | Use caution in patients with liver disease |
| Clorazepate | Anxiety, seizures, acute alcohol withdrawal | Fast | 40 to 50 | 7.5 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Diazepam | Anxiety disorders, acute alcohol withdrawal, muscle spasms, convulsive disorders | Very fast | 20 to 100 | 5 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (temazepam, desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam). Increased risk for abuse because of quick onset |
| Estazolam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 10 to 24 | 0.3 to 2 | None |
| Flurazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 47 to 100 | 30 | Avoid in geriatric patients or patients with liver impairment |
| Lorazepam | Anxiety | Intermediate | 10 to 20 | 1 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Oxazepam | Anxiety, acute alcohol withdrawal | Slow to intermediate | 5 to 20 | 30 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Quazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 39 to 73 | 5 to 15 | Risk for accumulation because of long-acting metabolites (desmethyldiazepam, oxazepam) |
| Temazepam | Insomnia | Intermediate | 3.5 to 18.4 | 30 | Preferred for patients with liver impairment and geriatric patients |
| Triazolam | Insomnia | Fast | 1.5 to 5.5 | 0.25 | Lacks active metabolites |
| IR: immediate release; XR: extended release aInterpret with caution, conflicting data exist Source: References 2-6 | |||||
A diverse range of indications
Alcohol withdrawal. Benzodiazepines are the treatment of choice for alcohol withdrawal syndrome, particularly to prevent seizures.7 Research supports symptom-triggered therapy using the revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol. Benzodiazepines reduce CNS sympathetic hyperactivity to mitigate withdrawal from alcohol by decreasing tachycardia, tremor, insomnia, agitation, and anxiety. Furthermore, these agents provide prophylaxis against serious sequelae such as seizures and delirium.
Insomnia. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine considers benzodiazepine receptor agonists (BzRAs, which include benzodiazepines and non-benzodiazepines) and ramelteon first-line pharmacotherapy for primary insomnia.8 However, pharmacologic treatment should be short-term. Agents with short to intermediate half-lives and rapid onset, such as triazolam, can aid sleep initiation. Those with longer half-lives, such as temazepam, could address sleep maintenance. If a patient does not respond to the initial agent, try another medication within the same class, because patients may respond differently. Use lower starting doses in geriatric patients.9 Closely monitor for adverse effects, rebound insomnia, and potential abuse or tolerance. Identify comorbid conditions and medications that may impair sleep, and address them accordingly.
Psychological and behavioral treatments given over 4 to 8 weeks can yield stable sleep improvements for up to 2 years. If available, these interventions may be considered first-line for treating insomnia because of their lasting effects compared with BzRAs.10
Generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). Benzodiazepines effectively treat GAD because they work quickly and are well tolerated. However, there are better first-line treatment options when considering efficacy studies and dependence and tolerance concerns. One effect-size comparison of 21 double-blind, placebo-controlled trials showed that the efficacy of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), and pregabalin are comparable to benzodiazepines.11 Benzodiazepines can be used in the first 2 to 3 weeks after initiating antidepressants to alleviate and prevent worsening of anxiety that may occur at the start of antidepressant therapy. Recent treatment guidelines recommend benzodiazepines as a second-line treatment or for treatment-resistant GAD in patients who do not have a substance abuse history.12,13
Panic disorder. Efficacy of benzodiazepines for panic disorder is comparable to SSRIs, SNRIs, and tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs). SSRIs and SNRIs are considered first-line treatments for panic disorder because of their favorable side effect profile.14 In practice, benzodiazepines often are combined with SSRIs, SNRIs, or TCAs. A randomized controlled trial demonstrated that paroxetine and clonazepam (mean dose 1.6 mg/d at 5 weeks) resulted in a more rapid response compared with paroxetine alone, although this difference lasted only a few weeks.15 Furthermore, this study suggested that brief treatment with clonazepam followed by a taper is as effective as sustained treatment with paroxetine and clonazepam.15
There is a lack of high-quality data on combining cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and benzodiazepines for panic disorder, although a Cochrane Review found that adding a benzodiazepine to CBT did not lead to a significant difference in response compared with psychotherapy alone.16 A recent randomized controlled trial demonstrated that tapering benzodiazepines combined with CBT was associated with successful discontinuation of the drug and prevented return of panic symptoms.17
Social anxiety. A meta-analysis found that for treating social anxiety, benzodiazepines have better efficacy than SSRIs, monoamine oxidase inhibitors, and anticonvulsants.18 Longer-acting benzodiazepines may be more effective than shorter-acting agents. One study of patients with social anxiety showed a 38% response rate for alprazolam vs 20% for placebo over 12 weeks, and a similar 10-week study demonstrated a 73% recovery rate with clonazepam vs 22% for placebo.19 In addition, studies have observed that patients can be maintained on clonazepam for up to 2 years without symptom relapse and will tolerate slow-taper discontinuation.18,20 Sedation and drowsiness can be lessened by limiting clonazepam doses to 2 to 3 mg/d.
Akathisia and tremor. Akathisia, a syndrome of motor restlessness and inner turmoil, is associated with antipsychotics but can occur with SSRIs. Reducing the dosage or switching to another, usually less potent agent often can relieve akathisia. When these remedies are not tenable, consider benzodiazepines along with other medications—including beta blockers and anticholinergic agents—with demonstrated efficacy in reducing akathisia symptoms. Lorazepam, diazepam, and clonazepam have demonstrated efficacy for relieving akathisia in comparison studies with placebo, propranolol, and diphenhydramine.21,22
Drug-induced postural tremor can occur with several psychotropics, including lithium, valproic acid, antidepressants, and antipsychotics. A tremor is considered mild if a patient can drink a glass of water with 1 hand without spilling and severe if holding a glass with 2 hands is difficult. Propranolol is most commonly prescribed for these tremors, but alprazolam and clonazepam have demonstrated efficacy, either as monotherapy or coadministered with a beta blocker.23
Acute agitation. Agitated patients often have acute psychosis and/or mania or dyscontrol secondary to axis II disorders.24 Patients may be paranoid, hostile, disruptive, and combative. Rapidly initiating medication can prevent the need for more restrictive measures, such as seclusion or restraint. Antipsychotics—especially high-potency agents such as haloperidol—and benzodiazepines, as monotherapy or in combination, are a mainstay treatment. Although treatment protocols favor atypical antipsychotics over typical antipsychotics, benzodiazepines are a viable option because of their anxiolytic and sedative effects. Advantages of benzodiazepine monotherapy include decreased extrapyramidal symptoms, greater patient acceptance/preference, and increased sedation compared with antipsychotics. Lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg intramuscularly (IM) or orally, is well tolerated because of its favorable drug-drug interaction profile and lack of significant cardiac side effects. Benzodiazepines can cause respiratory depression in patients with chronic lung disease and additive sedation secondary to opiates, other sedatives/hypnotics, or alcohol. Behavioral disinhibition is rare and is associated with preexisting CNS pathology or mental retardation.25 The IM olanzapine package insert warns against coadministering IM lorazepam because of additive cardiorespiratory depressive effects and excessive somnolence.26
Catatonia. The characteristic symptoms of catatonia are immobility, negativism, muteness, and failure to eat or drink. Benzodiazepines improve these symptoms in approximately 70% to 80% of catatonic patients with affective disorders. Response rates are lower in catatonia in patients with schizophrenia.27 If catatonia in a patient with psychosis is missed, giving antipsychotics before benzodiazepines may worsen catatonic symptoms or precipitate neuroleptic malignant syndrome in some cases. When you suspect a patient has catatonia, start with lorazepam, 1 to 2 mg IV or IM, and examine the patient for diminishing catatonic signs within 1 to 2 hours. If catatonia signs lessen, begin regularly scheduled lorazepam, with dosing varying by age—be more cautious in geriatric patients—and symptom severity. Titrate benzodiazepines for stuporous patients more slowly (eg, 1 mg 3 times a day as a starting dose) than for excited catatonic patients. Lorazepam can be increased gradually as tolerated; it is not unusual for patients to require up to 8 to 12 mg/d. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is the treatment of choice when catatonic patients respond poorly or partially to high-dose benzodiazepines.28,29
Benzodiazepine reversal for ECT
Benzodiazepines have anticonvulsant properties that may interfere with the therapeutic efficacy of ECT.30 A multi-center study demonstrated that lorazepam (up to 4 mg/d as needed) in the 48 hours before the first ECT session was not associated with effects on seizure threshold or duration; however, larger lorazepam dosages were associated with briefer EEG seizure duration.31 Some patients may not tolerate withholding or tapering benzodiazepines in preparation for ECT. Studies investigating flumazenil for pre-ECT benzodiazepine reversal are lacking. One retrospective analysis showed that flumazenil administration immediately before and after ECT resulted in adequate seizures with no difference in clinical outcome compared with patients who were not receiving benzodiazepines or flumazenil.32
Tapering benzodiazepines
Slow discontinuation of benzodiazepines is recommended to avoid withdrawal symptoms, such as rebound anxiety, agitation, insomnia, or seizures, particularly when use exceeds 8 weeks. The onset of withdrawal symptoms varies, depending on the medication used. Withdrawal symptoms may appear in 1 to 2 days for agents with shorter half-lives, but may not appear until 3 to 7 days for agents with longer half-lives.33Table 2 lists recommended durations for tapering benzodiazepines.33,34 In general, decrease the total daily dose by 25% the first week, another 25% the second week, then 10% a week until discontinuation. When benzodiazepine use exceeds 1 year, a slower taper is recommended; for example, decrease 10% every 1 to 2 weeks. When 20% of the dosage remains, begin a 5% dose reduction every 2 to 4 weeks. Monitor patients for withdrawal symptoms or symptom exacerbation. If either occur, consider maintaining the current benzodiazepine dose or increasing the dose for 1 to 2 weeks or longer, if necessary, then continue to taper at a slower rate.34
Table 2
Recommendations for tapering benzodiazepines
| Duration of use | Recommended taper length | Comments |
| <6 to 8 weeks | Taper may not be required | Depending on clinical judgment and patient stability/preference, consider implementing a taper, particularly if using a high-dose benzodiazepine or an agent with a short or intermediate half-life, such as alprazolam or triazolam |
| 8 weeks to 6 months | Slowly over 2 to 3 weeks | Go slower during latter half of taper. Tapering will reduce, not eliminate, withdrawal symptoms. Patients should avoid alcohol and stimulants during benzodiazepine withdrawal |
| 6 months to 1 year | Slowly over 4 to 8 weeks | |
| >1 year | Slowly over 2 to 4 months | |
| Source: References 33,34 | ||
Risks of benzodiazepine use
For most indications, benzodiazepine therapy should be short-term.35 Use exceeding 2 to 4 weeks increases the risk for dependence and withdrawal. Tell patients to avoid alcohol while taking a benzodiazepine because this combination is potentially lethal. Benzodiazepines are commonly abused and abuse can lead to unintentional drug overdose. Benzodiazepines accounted for 37% of unintentional drug overdose deaths in West Virginia in 2006; in 46% of these cases, benzodiazepines were used for nonmedical purposes. Clinicians can help reduce the risk of diversion by limiting prescriptions to 30 days with no refills.36
Older patients taking benzodiazepines are at increased risk of falls and hip fractures.37 Lorazepam, oxazepam, and temazepam—agents with shorter half-lives that are not greatly affected by pharmacokinetic changes associated with aging—are preferred for these patients.34 Patients with dementia or other CNS-compromising conditions may become confused or delirious with regular benzodiazepine dosing. Educate patients to whom you prescribe benzodiazepines about the importance of gauging their level of sedation before driving or engaging in other tasks for which sedation could compromise their safety. Benzodiazepine use during pregnancy requires a careful discussion of risks and benefits (Box 2).38
Benzodiazepine use during pregnancy has been associated with cleft palate and urogenital and neurologic malformations in the fetus.38 Although data are conflicting—particularly among recent meta-analyses that fail to demonstrate an association—some experts advise against benzodiazepine use in the first trimester. Participate in shared decision making with your patients and educate them about the potential risks and benefits of benzodiazepine use during the first trimester and throughout pregnancy. After delivery, newborns may develop “floppy baby syndrome”—which is associated with lethargy, difficulty eating, and respiratory depression—or withdrawal.38 To minimize this risk, consider tapering the benzodiazepine as the patient approaches delivery.
Related Resources
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. www.samhsa.gov.
- National Institute on Drug Abuse resources for medical and health professionals. www.drugabuse.gov/medical-health-professionals.
- American Academy of Sleep Medicine. www.aasmnet.org.
Drug Brand Names
- Alprazolam • Xanax
- Chlordiazepoxide • Librium, Limbitrol
- Clonazepam • Klonopin
- Clorazepate • Tranxene
- Diazepam • Valium
- Diphenhydramine • Benadryl, others
- Estazolam • ProSom
- Flumazenil • Romazicon
- Flurazepam • Dalmane
- Haloperidol • Haldol
- Lithium • Lithobid
- Lorazepam • Ativan
- Olanzapine • Zyprexa
- Oxazepam • Serax
- Paroxetine • Paxil
- Pregabalin • Lyrica
- Propranolol • Inderal, InnoPran XL, others
- Quazepam • Doral
- Ramelteon • Rozerem
- Sertraline • Zoloft
- Temazepam • Restoril
- Triazolam • Halcion
- Valproic acid • Depakene, Stavzor, others
Disclosures
Drs. Bostwick and Yasugi report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Casher is a speaker for AstraZeneca and Sunovion Pharmaceuticals.
1. Mihic SJ, Harris RA. Hypnotics and sedatives. In: Brunton LL Chabner BA, Knollmann BC, eds. Goodman & Gilman’s the pharmacological basis of therapeutics. New York, NY: McGraw Hill and Company; 2011:457-480.
2. Facts and comparisons Web site. 2011 Wolters Kluwer Health Inc. http://online.factsandcomparisons.com. Accessed August 16, 2011.
3. DuPont RL, Greene W, Lydiard RB. Sedatives and hypnotics: pharmacology and epidemiology. In: Gold MS Hermann R, eds. UpToDate. http://www.uptodate.com/contents/sedatives-and-hypnotics-abuse-and-dependence-pharmacology-and-epidemiology. Accessed August 16, 2011.
4. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Orange book: approved drug products with therapeutic equivalence evaluations. http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/cder/ob/default.cfm. Accessed August 16, 2011.
5. Chouinard G. Issues in the clinical use of benzodiazepines: potency withdrawal, and rebound. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 5):7-12.
6. Shader RI, Greenblatt DJ. Can you provide a table of equivalencies for benzodiazepines and other marketed benzodiazepine receptor agonists? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17(4):331.-
7. Amato L, Minozzi S, Davoli M. Efficacy and safety of pharmacologic interventions for the treatment of the alcohol withdrawal syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011;15(6):CD008537.-
8. Schutte-Rodin S, Broch L, Buysse D, et al. Clinical guideline for the evaluation and management of chronic insomnia in adults. J Clin Sleep Med. 2008;4(5):487-504.
9. Foral P, Dewan N, Malesker M. Insomnia: a therapeutic review for pharmacists. Consult Pharm. 2011;26(5):332-341.
10. Riemann D, Perlis ML. The treatments of chronic insomnia: a review of benzodiazepine receptor agonists and psychological and behavioral therapies. Sleep Med Rev. 2009;13(3):205-214.
11. Hidalgo RB, Tupler LA, Davidson JR. An effect-size analysis of pharmacologic treatments of generalized anxiety disorder. J Psychopharmacol. 2007;21(8):864-872.
12. Davidson JR, Zhang W, Connor KM, et al. A psychopharmacological treatment algorithm for generalised anxiety disorder (GAD). J Psychopharmacol. 2010;24(1):3-26.
13. Bandelow B, Zohar J, Hollander E, et al. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety, obsessive-compulsive and post-traumatic stress disorders - first revision. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2008;9(4):248-312.
14. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with panic disorder. 2nd ed. Arlington VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.; 2009.
15. Pollack MH, Simon NM, Worthington JJ, et al. Combined paroxetine and clonazepam treatment strategies compared to paroxetine monotherapy for panic disorder. J Psychopharmacol. 2003;17(3):276-282.
16. Watanabe N, Churchill R, Furukawa TA. Combined psychotherapy plus benzodiazepines for panic disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(1):CD005335.-
17. Otto MW, McHugh RK, Simon NM, et al. Efficacy of CBT for benzodiazepine discontinuation in patients with panic disorder: further evaluation. Behav Res Ther. 2010;48(8):720-727.
18. Davidson JR. Use of benzodiazepines in social anxiety disorder generalized anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 5):29-33.
19. Argyropoulos SV, Sandford JJ, Nutt DJ. The psychobiology of anxiolytic drugs Part 2: pharmacological treatments of anxiety. Pharmacol Ther. 2000;88(3):213-227.
20. Connor KM, Davidson JR, Potts NL, et al. Discontinuation of clonazepam in the treatment of social phobia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1998;18(5):373-378.
21. Miller CH, Fleischhacker WW. Managing antipsychotic-induced acute and chronic akathisia. Drug Saf. 2000;22(1):73-81.
22. Rodnitzky RL. Drug-induced movement disorders. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2002;25(3):142-151.
23. Arbaizar B, Gómez-Acebo I, Llorca J. Postural induced tremor in psychiatry. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2008;62(6):638-645.
24. Casher MI, Bess JD. Manual of inpatient psychiatry. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2010.
25. Battaglia J. Pharmacological management of acute agitation. Drugs. 2005;65(9):1207-1222.
26. Physicians’ desk reference. Montvale NJ: PDR Network, LLC; 2010.
27. Rosebush PI, Mazurek MF. Catatonia and its treatment. Schizophr Bull. 2010;36(2):239-242.
28. Ungvari GS, Kau LS, Wai-Kwong T, et al. The pharmacological treatment of catatonia: an overview. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2001;251(suppl 1):I31-I34.
29. Fink M, Taylor MA. Catatonia: a clinician’s guide to diagnosis and treatment. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2003.
30. Naguib N, Koorn R. Interactions between psychotropics anaesthetics and electroconvulsive therapy: implications for drug choice and patient management. CNS Drugs. 2002;16(4):229-247.
31. Boylan LS, Haskett RF, Mulsant BH, et al. Determinants of seizure threshold in ECT: benzodiazepine use, anesthetic dosage, and other factors. J ECT. 2000;16(1):3-18.
32. Krystal AD, Watts BV, Weiner RD, et al. The use of flumazenil in the anxious and benzodiazepine-dependent ECT patient. J ECT. 1998;14(1):5-14.
33. Melton ST, Kirkwood CK. Anxiety disorders I: generalized anxiety panic, and social anxiety disorders. In: DiPiro JT, Talbert RL, Yee GC, et al, eds. Pharmacotherapy: a pathophysiologic approach. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Companies; 2011:1209-1228.
34. Benzodiazepine toolkit. The Pharmacist’s Letter/Prescriber’s Letter. 2011;27(4):270406.-
35. Lader M. Benzodiazepines revisited – will we ever learn? Addiction. 2011;106(12):2086-2109.
36. Toblin RL, Paulozzi LJ, Logan JE, et al. Mental illness and psychotropic drug use among prescription drug overdose deaths: a medical examiner chart review. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(4):491-496.
37. Ashton H. The diagnosis and management of benzodiazepine dependence. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2005;18(3):249-255.
38. Menon SJ. Psychotropic medication during pregnancy and lactation. Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2008;277(1):1-13.
1. Mihic SJ, Harris RA. Hypnotics and sedatives. In: Brunton LL Chabner BA, Knollmann BC, eds. Goodman & Gilman’s the pharmacological basis of therapeutics. New York, NY: McGraw Hill and Company; 2011:457-480.
2. Facts and comparisons Web site. 2011 Wolters Kluwer Health Inc. http://online.factsandcomparisons.com. Accessed August 16, 2011.
3. DuPont RL, Greene W, Lydiard RB. Sedatives and hypnotics: pharmacology and epidemiology. In: Gold MS Hermann R, eds. UpToDate. http://www.uptodate.com/contents/sedatives-and-hypnotics-abuse-and-dependence-pharmacology-and-epidemiology. Accessed August 16, 2011.
4. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Orange book: approved drug products with therapeutic equivalence evaluations. http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/cder/ob/default.cfm. Accessed August 16, 2011.
5. Chouinard G. Issues in the clinical use of benzodiazepines: potency withdrawal, and rebound. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 5):7-12.
6. Shader RI, Greenblatt DJ. Can you provide a table of equivalencies for benzodiazepines and other marketed benzodiazepine receptor agonists? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1997;17(4):331.-
7. Amato L, Minozzi S, Davoli M. Efficacy and safety of pharmacologic interventions for the treatment of the alcohol withdrawal syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011;15(6):CD008537.-
8. Schutte-Rodin S, Broch L, Buysse D, et al. Clinical guideline for the evaluation and management of chronic insomnia in adults. J Clin Sleep Med. 2008;4(5):487-504.
9. Foral P, Dewan N, Malesker M. Insomnia: a therapeutic review for pharmacists. Consult Pharm. 2011;26(5):332-341.
10. Riemann D, Perlis ML. The treatments of chronic insomnia: a review of benzodiazepine receptor agonists and psychological and behavioral therapies. Sleep Med Rev. 2009;13(3):205-214.
11. Hidalgo RB, Tupler LA, Davidson JR. An effect-size analysis of pharmacologic treatments of generalized anxiety disorder. J Psychopharmacol. 2007;21(8):864-872.
12. Davidson JR, Zhang W, Connor KM, et al. A psychopharmacological treatment algorithm for generalised anxiety disorder (GAD). J Psychopharmacol. 2010;24(1):3-26.
13. Bandelow B, Zohar J, Hollander E, et al. World Federation of Societies of Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety, obsessive-compulsive and post-traumatic stress disorders - first revision. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2008;9(4):248-312.
14. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with panic disorder. 2nd ed. Arlington VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.; 2009.
15. Pollack MH, Simon NM, Worthington JJ, et al. Combined paroxetine and clonazepam treatment strategies compared to paroxetine monotherapy for panic disorder. J Psychopharmacol. 2003;17(3):276-282.
16. Watanabe N, Churchill R, Furukawa TA. Combined psychotherapy plus benzodiazepines for panic disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(1):CD005335.-
17. Otto MW, McHugh RK, Simon NM, et al. Efficacy of CBT for benzodiazepine discontinuation in patients with panic disorder: further evaluation. Behav Res Ther. 2010;48(8):720-727.
18. Davidson JR. Use of benzodiazepines in social anxiety disorder generalized anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(suppl 5):29-33.
19. Argyropoulos SV, Sandford JJ, Nutt DJ. The psychobiology of anxiolytic drugs Part 2: pharmacological treatments of anxiety. Pharmacol Ther. 2000;88(3):213-227.
20. Connor KM, Davidson JR, Potts NL, et al. Discontinuation of clonazepam in the treatment of social phobia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1998;18(5):373-378.
21. Miller CH, Fleischhacker WW. Managing antipsychotic-induced acute and chronic akathisia. Drug Saf. 2000;22(1):73-81.
22. Rodnitzky RL. Drug-induced movement disorders. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2002;25(3):142-151.
23. Arbaizar B, Gómez-Acebo I, Llorca J. Postural induced tremor in psychiatry. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2008;62(6):638-645.
24. Casher MI, Bess JD. Manual of inpatient psychiatry. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2010.
25. Battaglia J. Pharmacological management of acute agitation. Drugs. 2005;65(9):1207-1222.
26. Physicians’ desk reference. Montvale NJ: PDR Network, LLC; 2010.
27. Rosebush PI, Mazurek MF. Catatonia and its treatment. Schizophr Bull. 2010;36(2):239-242.
28. Ungvari GS, Kau LS, Wai-Kwong T, et al. The pharmacological treatment of catatonia: an overview. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2001;251(suppl 1):I31-I34.
29. Fink M, Taylor MA. Catatonia: a clinician’s guide to diagnosis and treatment. New York NY: Cambridge University Press; 2003.
30. Naguib N, Koorn R. Interactions between psychotropics anaesthetics and electroconvulsive therapy: implications for drug choice and patient management. CNS Drugs. 2002;16(4):229-247.
31. Boylan LS, Haskett RF, Mulsant BH, et al. Determinants of seizure threshold in ECT: benzodiazepine use, anesthetic dosage, and other factors. J ECT. 2000;16(1):3-18.
32. Krystal AD, Watts BV, Weiner RD, et al. The use of flumazenil in the anxious and benzodiazepine-dependent ECT patient. J ECT. 1998;14(1):5-14.
33. Melton ST, Kirkwood CK. Anxiety disorders I: generalized anxiety panic, and social anxiety disorders. In: DiPiro JT, Talbert RL, Yee GC, et al, eds. Pharmacotherapy: a pathophysiologic approach. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Companies; 2011:1209-1228.
34. Benzodiazepine toolkit. The Pharmacist’s Letter/Prescriber’s Letter. 2011;27(4):270406.-
35. Lader M. Benzodiazepines revisited – will we ever learn? Addiction. 2011;106(12):2086-2109.
36. Toblin RL, Paulozzi LJ, Logan JE, et al. Mental illness and psychotropic drug use among prescription drug overdose deaths: a medical examiner chart review. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(4):491-496.
37. Ashton H. The diagnosis and management of benzodiazepine dependence. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2005;18(3):249-255.
38. Menon SJ. Psychotropic medication during pregnancy and lactation. Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2008;277(1):1-13.

